RIGOL

Programming Guide

MSO2000A/DS2000A Series
Digital Oscilloscope

May 2019

RIGOL (SUZHOU) TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 RIGOL

Guaranty and Declaration

Copyright
© 2014 RIGOL (SUZHOU) TECHNOLOGIES INC. All Rights Reserved.

Trademark Information
RIGOL is a registered trademark of RIGOL (SUZHOU) TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Publication Number
PGA18106-1110

Software Version
00.03.04.SP2
Software upgrade might change or add product features. Please acquire the latest version of the manual
from RIGOL website or contact RIGOL to upgrade the software.

Notices
 RIGOL products are covered by P.R.C. and foreign patents, issued and pending.
 RIGOL reserves the right to modify or change parts of or all the specifications and pricing policies at
the company’s sole decision.
 Information in this publication replaces all previously released materials.
 Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.
 RIGOL shall not be liable for either incidental or consequential losses in connection with the
furnishing, use, or performance of this manual, as well as any information contained.
 Any part of this document is forbidden to be copied, photocopied, or rearranged without prior written
approval of RIGOL.

Product Certification
RIGOL guarantees that this product conforms to the national and industrial standards in China as well as
the ISO9001:2015 standard and the ISO14001:2015 standard. Other international standard conformance
certifications are in progress.

Contact Us
If you have any problem or requirement when using our products or this manual, please contact RIGOL.
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.rigol.com

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide I

RIGOL

Document Overview
This manual provides guidance on how to use the SCPI commands in programming to realize remote
control of RIGOL MSO2000A/DS2000A series digital oscilloscope through the remote interface.
MSO2000A/DS2000A can communicate with a PC through the USB, LAN, or GPIB (with the USB-GPIB
interface converter provided by RIGOL) interface.

Main Topics in this Manual:

 SCPI Overview
 Command System
 Programming Demos

Content Conventions in this Manual:

MSO2000A/DS2000A series includes the following models. Unless otherwise noted, this manual takes
MSO2302A-S as an example to illustrate the functions and using method of the command system of
MSO2000A/DS2000A series.
Number of Number of Number of
Analog
Model Analog Signal Source Digital
Bandwidth
Channels Channels Channels
MSO2102A 100MHz 2 -- 16
MSO2102A-S 100MHz 2 2 16
MSO2202A 200MHz 2 -- 16
MSO2202A-S 200MHz 2 2 16
MSO2302A 300MHz 2 -- 16
MSO2302A-S 300MHz 2 2 16
DS2102A 100MHz 2 -- --
DS2202A 200MHz 2 -- --
DS2302A 300MHz 2 -- --

II MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

Contents RIGOL

Contents

Guaranty and Declaration ......................................................................................................... I

Document Overview ................................................................................................................. II

1 SCPI Overview .....................................................................................................................1-1

Syntax ..................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Symbol Description ................................................................................................................... 1-2
Parameter Type ........................................................................................................................ 1-2
Command Abbreviation ............................................................................................................. 1-3

2 Command System ................................................................................................................2-1

:AUToscale ............................................................................................................................... 2-2
:CLEar...................................................................................................................................... 2-2
:RUN........................................................................................................................................ 2-2
:STOP ...................................................................................................................................... 2-2
:SINGle .................................................................................................................................... 2-3
:TFORce ................................................................................................................................... 2-3
:TLHAlf .................................................................................................................................... 2-3
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands................................................................................................ 2-4
*CLS ................................................................................................................................. 2-4
*ESE ................................................................................................................................. 2-5
*ESR? ............................................................................................................................... 2-6
*IDN? ............................................................................................................................... 2-6
*OPC................................................................................................................................. 2-7
*RST ................................................................................................................................. 2-7
*SRE ................................................................................................................................. 2-8
*STB? ............................................................................................................................... 2-9
*TST? ............................................................................................................................. 2-10
:ACQuire Commands ............................................................................................................... 2-11
:ACQuire:AVERages .......................................................................................................... 2-11
:ACQuire:MDEPth ............................................................................................................. 2-12
:ACQuire:SRATe? .............................................................................................................. 2-12
:ACQuire:TYPE ................................................................................................................. 2-13
:ACQuire:AALias ............................................................................................................... 2-14
:BUS<n> Commands .............................................................................................................. 2-15
:BUS<n>:MODE .............................................................................................................. 2-15
:BUS<n>:DISPlay ............................................................................................................ 2-16
:BUS<n>:FORMat ............................................................................................................ 2-16
:BUS<n>:EVENt .............................................................................................................. 2-17
:BUS<n>:EEXPort ............................................................................................................ 2-17
:BUS<n>:DATA? .............................................................................................................. 2-18
:BUS<n>:PARallel ............................................................................................................ 2-19
:BUS<n>:RS232 (Option) ................................................................................................. 2-24

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide III

RIGOL Contents

:BUS<n>:IIC (Option) ...................................................................................................... 2-32

:BUS<n>:SPI (Option) ...................................................................................................... 2-36
:BUS<n>:CAN (Option) .................................................................................................... 2-46
:CALCulate Commands ............................................................................................................ 2-51
:CALCulate:MODE ............................................................................................................. 2-51
:CALCulate:ADD ............................................................................................................... 2-52
:CALCulate:SUB ................................................................................................................ 2-55
:CALCulate:MULTiply ......................................................................................................... 2-58
:CALCulate:DIVision .......................................................................................................... 2-61
:CALCulate:FFT ................................................................................................................ 2-64
:CALCulate:LOGic ............................................................................................................. 2-72
:CALCulate:ADVanced ....................................................................................................... 2-76
:CALibrate Commands ............................................................................................................. 2-80
:CALibrate:DATE? ............................................................................................................. 2-80
:CALibrate:STARt .............................................................................................................. 2-80
:CALibrate:TIME? ............................................................................................................. 2-81
:CALibrate:QUIT ............................................................................................................... 2-81
:CHANnel<n> Commands........................................................................................................ 2-82
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit ..................................................................................................... 2-82
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling ................................................................................................... 2-83
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay ...................................................................................................... 2-83
:CHANnel<n>:INVert........................................................................................................ 2-84
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance ................................................................................................. 2-84
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet....................................................................................................... 2-85
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe ........................................................................................................ 2-86
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe ....................................................................................................... 2-87
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs ........................................................................................................ 2-87
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier ..................................................................................................... 2-88
:CHANnel<n>:TCAL ......................................................................................................... 2-89
:CURSor Commands ................................................................................................................ 2-90
:CURSor:MODE ................................................................................................................ 2-90
:CURSor:MANual .............................................................................................................. 2-91
:CURSor:TRACk ................................................................................................................ 2-99
:DISPlay Commands .............................................................................................................. 2-104
:DISPlay:CLEar ............................................................................................................... 2-104
:DISPlay:TYPE ................................................................................................................ 2-105
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME ................................................................................................. 2-106
:DISPlay:WBRightness .................................................................................................... 2-106
:DISPlay:GRID ............................................................................................................... 2-107
:DISPlay:GBRightness ..................................................................................................... 2-107
:DISPlay:MPERsistence ................................................................................................... 2-108
:DISPlay:DATA? ............................................................................................................. 2-109
:FUNCtion Commands ........................................................................................................... 2-111
:FUNCtion:WRMode ........................................................................................................ 2-111

IV MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

Contents RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WRECord ....................................................................................................... 2-112

:FUNCtion:WREPlay........................................................................................................ 2-115
:FUNCtion:WANalyze ...................................................................................................... 2-120
:LA Commands (For MSO2000A/MSO2000A-S) ....................................................................... 2-128
:LA:STATe ..................................................................................................................... 2-128
:LA:ACTive .................................................................................................................... 2-129
:LA:DISPlay ................................................................................................................... 2-130
:LA:AUTosort ................................................................................................................. 2-130
:LA:DELete .................................................................................................................... 2-131
:LA:SIZE ........................................................................................................................ 2-131
:LA:DIGital<n>:DISPlay ................................................................................................. 2-132
:LA:DIGital<n>:POSition ................................................................................................ 2-132
:LA:DIGital<n>:LABel .................................................................................................... 2-133
:LA:POD<n>:DISPlay ..................................................................................................... 2-133
:LA:POD<n>:THReshold................................................................................................. 2-134
:LA:GROup<n>:APPend ................................................................................................. 2-134
:LA:BUS<n>:CURRent .................................................................................................... 2-135
:LA:BUS<n>:DISPlay ..................................................................................................... 2-135
:LA:BUS<n>:CHANnel .................................................................................................... 2-136
:LA:BUS<n>:FORMat ..................................................................................................... 2-136
:LAN Commands ................................................................................................................... 2-137
:LAN:DHCP .................................................................................................................... 2-137
:LAN:AUToip .................................................................................................................. 2-138
:LAN:GATeway ............................................................................................................... 2-139
:LAN:DNS ...................................................................................................................... 2-139
:LAN:MAC? .................................................................................................................... 2-140
:LAN:MANual ................................................................................................................. 2-140
:LAN:INITiate ................................................................................................................ 2-141
:LAN:IPADdress ............................................................................................................. 2-141
:LAN:SMASk .................................................................................................................. 2-142
:LAN:STATus? ................................................................................................................ 2-142
:LAN:VISA? .................................................................................................................... 2-143
:LAN:APPLy.................................................................................................................... 2-143
:MASK Commands ................................................................................................................ 2-144
:MASK:ENABle ............................................................................................................... 2-144
:MASK:SOURce .............................................................................................................. 2-145
:MASK:OPERate ............................................................................................................. 2-145
:MASK:MDISplay ............................................................................................................ 2-146
:MASK:SOOutput ........................................................................................................... 2-146
:MASK:OUTPut............................................................................................................... 2-147
:MASK:X ........................................................................................................................ 2-148
:MASK:Y ........................................................................................................................ 2-148
:MASK:CREate ............................................................................................................... 2-148
:MASK:PASSed? ............................................................................................................. 2-149

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide V

RIGOL Contents

:MASK:FAILed? ............................................................................................................... 2-149

:MASK:TOTal? ................................................................................................................ 2-149
:MASK:RESet .................................................................................................................. 2-150
:MASK:DATA .................................................................................................................. 2-150
:MEASure Commands ............................................................................................................ 2-151
:MEASure:SOURce .......................................................................................................... 2-152
:MEASure:COUNter:SOURce ............................................................................................ 2-153
:MEASure:COUNter:VALue? ............................................................................................. 2-153
:MEASure:CLEar ............................................................................................................. 2-154
:MEASure:RECover ......................................................................................................... 2-154
:MEASure:ADISplay ........................................................................................................ 2-155
:MEASure:AMSource ....................................................................................................... 2-155
:MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay ............................................................................................ 2-156
:MEASure:STATistic:MODE .............................................................................................. 2-156
:MEASure:STATistic:RESet ............................................................................................... 2-157
:MEASure:SETup:TYPE ................................................................................................... 2-157
:MEASure:SETup:MAX ..................................................................................................... 2-158
:MEASure:SETup:MID ..................................................................................................... 2-158
:MEASure:SETup:MIN ..................................................................................................... 2-158
:MEASure:SETup:PSA ...................................................................................................... 2-159
:MEASure:SETup:PSB ...................................................................................................... 2-159
:MEASure:SETup:DSA ..................................................................................................... 2-160
:MEASure:SETup:DSB ..................................................................................................... 2-160
:MEASure:AREA .............................................................................................................. 2-161
:MEASure:CREGion:CAX .................................................................................................. 2-162
:MEASure:CREGion:CBX .................................................................................................. 2-162
:MEASure:HISTory:DISPlay ............................................................................................. 2-163
:MEASure:HISTory:DMODe.............................................................................................. 2-163
:MEASure:FDELay ........................................................................................................... 2-164
:MEASure:F2RDelay ........................................................................................................ 2-166
:MEASure:FPHase ........................................................................................................... 2-168
:MEASure:F2RPhase ....................................................................................................... 2-170
:MEASure:FREQuency ..................................................................................................... 2-172
:MEASure:FTIMe ............................................................................................................ 2-174
:MEASure:NDUTy ............................................................................................................ 2-176
:MEASure:NWIDth .......................................................................................................... 2-178
:MEASure:OVERshoot ..................................................................................................... 2-180
:MEASure:PDUTy ............................................................................................................ 2-182
:MEASure:PERiod ........................................................................................................... 2-184
:MEASure:PREShoot ....................................................................................................... 2-186
:MEASure:PWIDth .......................................................................................................... 2-188
:MEASure:RTIMe ............................................................................................................ 2-190
:MEASure:RDELay .......................................................................................................... 2-192
:MEASure:R2FDelay ........................................................................................................ 2-194

VI MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

Contents RIGOL

:MEASure:RPHase .......................................................................................................... 2-196

:MEASure:R2FPhase ....................................................................................................... 2-198
:MEASure:VAMP ............................................................................................................. 2-200
:MEASure:VAVG ............................................................................................................. 2-202
:MEASure:VBASe ............................................................................................................ 2-204
:MEASure:VMAX ............................................................................................................. 2-206
:MEASure:VMIN ............................................................................................................. 2-208
:MEASure:VPP ............................................................................................................... 2-210
:MEASure:VRMS ............................................................................................................. 2-212
:MEASure:PVRMs ........................................................................................................... 2-214
:MEASure:VTOP ............................................................................................................. 2-216
:MEASure:MARea ........................................................................................................... 2-218
:MEASure:MPARea ......................................................................................................... 2-220
:OUTPut<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S) .......................................................................... 2-222
:OUTPut[<n>][:STATe] .................................................................................................. 2-222
:OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance.............................................................................................. 2-223
:RECall Commands ............................................................................................................... 2-224
:RECall:SETup ................................................................................................................ 2-224
:RECall:TRACe ............................................................................................................... 2-225
:RECall:WAVeform ......................................................................................................... 2-225
:REFerence Commands ......................................................................................................... 2-226
:REFerence<n>:CURRent ............................................................................................... 2-226
:REFerence<n>:ENABle ................................................................................................. 2-227
:REFerence:COLor .......................................................................................................... 2-227
:REFerence:CURRent? .................................................................................................... 2-228
:REFerence:DISPlay ....................................................................................................... 2-228
:REFerence:RESet .......................................................................................................... 2-228
:REFerence:SAVe ........................................................................................................... 2-229
:REFerence:SOURce ....................................................................................................... 2-229
:REFerence:VSCale......................................................................................................... 2-230
:REFerence:VOFFset ...................................................................................................... 2-231
:SAVE Commands ................................................................................................................. 2-232
:SAVE:CSV[:STARt] ........................................................................................................ 2-233
:SAVE:CSV:FACTors ....................................................................................................... 2-234
:SAVE:CSV:LENGth......................................................................................................... 2-234
:SAVE:FORMat ............................................................................................................... 2-235
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] .................................................................................................... 2-235
:SAVE:IMAGe:TYPE ........................................................................................................ 2-236
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors ................................................................................................... 2-236
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt] .................................................................................................... 2-237
:SAVE:TRACe[:STARt] .................................................................................................... 2-238
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] .............................................................................................. 2-238
:SAVE:REFerence[:STARt] .............................................................................................. 2-239
:SAVE:MTESt[:STARt] .................................................................................................... 2-240

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide VII

RIGOL Contents

:SAVE:ARB[:STARt] ........................................................................................................ 2-241

:SOURce<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S) .......................................................................... 2-242
[:SOURce<n>]:FREQuency[:FIXed] ................................................................................. 2-243
[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe[:ADJust] ...................................................................................... 2-243
[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe:INITiate ....................................................................................... 2-244
[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]................................................................................... 2-245
[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry ...................................................................... 2-246
[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] ............................................... 2-247
[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet....................................................... 2-248
[:SOURce<n>]:PULSe:DCYCle ........................................................................................ 2-249
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD[:STATe] .......................................................................................... 2-250
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:TYPe .............................................................................................. 2-251
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM[:DEPTh] ................................................................................... 2-251
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency ................................................................. 2-252
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion .................................................................... 2-252
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM[:DEVIation]............................................................................... 2-253
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency ................................................................. 2-253
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion .................................................................... 2-254
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:NOISe .......................................................................................... 2-255
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:PULSe .......................................................................................... 2-255
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:RAMP ........................................................................................... 2-255
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SINusoid....................................................................................... 2-255
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SQUare......................................................................................... 2-255
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:USER ............................................................................................ 2-255
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy? ................................................................................................... 2-257
:SYSTem Commands ............................................................................................................. 2-258
:SYSTem:AOUTput ......................................................................................................... 2-259
:SYSTem:AUToscale ........................................................................................................ 2-259
:SYSTem:BEEPer ............................................................................................................ 2-260
:SYSTem:DATE ............................................................................................................... 2-260
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?................................................................................................. 2-261
:SYSTem:EXPand ............................................................................................................ 2-261
:SYSTem:GAMount? ........................................................................................................ 2-262
:SYSTem:GPIB ............................................................................................................... 2-262
:SYSTem:KEY:PRESs ....................................................................................................... 2-263
:SYSTem:KEY:INCRease .................................................................................................. 2-265
:SYSTem:KEY:DECRease ................................................................................................. 2-265
:SYSTem:LANGuage ........................................................................................................ 2-266
:SYSTem:OPTion:INSTall ................................................................................................ 2-267
:SYSTem:OPTion:UNINSTall ............................................................................................ 2-267
:SYSTem:OPTion:VALid? ................................................................................................. 2-268
:SYSTem:PON ................................................................................................................ 2-268
:SYSTem:PSTatus ........................................................................................................... 2-269
:SYSTem:RAMount? ........................................................................................................ 2-269

VIII MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

Contents RIGOL

:SYSTem:RESet .............................................................................................................. 2-269

:SYSTem:SSAVer:TIME ................................................................................................... 2-270
:SYSTem:SETup ............................................................................................................. 2-270
:SYSTem:TIME .............................................................................................................. 2-271
:SYSTem:UDEVice .......................................................................................................... 2-271
:SYSTem:VERSion? ........................................................................................................ 2-272
:TIMebase Commands .......................................................................................................... 2-273
:TIMebase:DELay:ENABle ............................................................................................... 2-273
:TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet ............................................................................................... 2-274
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe ................................................................................................ 2-274
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:OFFSet.............................................................................................. 2-275
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe ............................................................................................... 2-276
:TIMebase:HREF:MODE .................................................................................................. 2-277
:TIMebase:HREF:POSition .............................................................................................. 2-277
:TIMebase:MODE ........................................................................................................... 2-278
:TIMebase:VERNier ........................................................................................................ 2-278
:TRACe<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S) ............................................................................ 2-279
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA ....................................................................................................... 2-279
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC16 ............................................................................................ 2-280
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC ................................................................................................ 2-281
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:LOAD? ............................................................................................ 2-282
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts ............................................................................................ 2-282
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts:INTerpolate .......................................................................... 2-283
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:VALue ............................................................................................. 2-284
:TRIGger Commands ............................................................................................................ 2-285
:TRIGger:COUPling ........................................................................................................ 2-286
:TRIGger:HOLDoff ......................................................................................................... 2-286
:TRIGger:MODE ............................................................................................................. 2-287
:TRIGger:NREJect .......................................................................................................... 2-287
:TRIGger:STATus? .......................................................................................................... 2-288
:TRIGger:SWEep............................................................................................................ 2-289
:TRIGger:CAN (Option) .................................................................................................. 2-290
:TRIGger:DELay (Option) ............................................................................................... 2-295
:TRIGger:DURATion (Option) .......................................................................................... 2-298
:TRIGger:EDGe .............................................................................................................. 2-302
:TRIGger:IIC ................................................................................................................. 2-304
:TRIGger:NEDGe (Option) .............................................................................................. 2-310
:TRIGger:PATTern .......................................................................................................... 2-313
:TRIGger:PULSe ............................................................................................................. 2-316
:TRIGger:RS232............................................................................................................. 2-320
:TRIGger:RUNT ............................................................................................................. 2-326
:TRIGger:SHOLd ............................................................................................................ 2-330
:TRIGger:SLOPe ............................................................................................................. 2-334
:TRIGger:SPI ................................................................................................................. 2-339

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide IX

RIGOL Contents

:TRIGger:TIMeout (Option) ............................................................................................. 2-346

:TRIGger:USB (Option) ................................................................................................... 2-348
:TRIGger:VIDeo (HDTV Option)....................................................................................... 2-351
:TRIGger:WINDows (Option)........................................................................................... 2-356
:WAVeform Commands .......................................................................................................... 2-359
:WAVeform:SOURce ....................................................................................................... 2-361
:WAVeform:MODE .......................................................................................................... 2-362
:WAVeform:FORMat ........................................................................................................ 2-363
:WAVeform:POINts ......................................................................................................... 2-363
:WAVeform:DATA? .......................................................................................................... 2-364
:WAVeform:XINCrement? ................................................................................................ 2-368
:WAVeform:XORigin? ...................................................................................................... 2-369
:WAVeform:XREFerence? ................................................................................................ 2-369
:WAVeform:YINCrement? ................................................................................................ 2-370
:WAVeform:YORigin? ...................................................................................................... 2-370
:WAVeform:YREFerence? ................................................................................................ 2-370
:WAVeform:STARt ........................................................................................................... 2-371
:WAVeform:STOP ........................................................................................................... 2-372
:WAVeform:BEGin ........................................................................................................... 2-372
:WAVeform:END ............................................................................................................. 2-373
:WAVeform:RESet ........................................................................................................... 2-373
:WAVeform:PREamble? ................................................................................................... 2-374
:WAVeform:STATus? ....................................................................................................... 2-375

3 Programming Demos .......................................................................................................... 3-1

Programming Preparations ......................................................................................................... 3-2
Excel Programming Demo .......................................................................................................... 3-3
LabVIEW Programming Demo .................................................................................................... 3-7
MATLAB Programming Demo ................................................................................................... 3-11
Visual Basic 6.0 Programming Demo ........................................................................................ 3-13
Visual C++ 6.0 Programming Demo ......................................................................................... 3-15

X MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

1 SCPI Overview RIGOL

1 SCPI Overview
SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) is a standardized instrument programming
language that is built upon the standard IEEE 488.1 and IEEE 488.2 and conforms to various standards
(such as the floating point operation rule in IEEE 754 standard, ISO 646 7-bit coded character for
information interchange (equivalent to ASCII programming)). The SCPI commands provide a hierarchical
tree structure and consist of multiple subsystems. Each command subsystem consists of a root keyword
and one or more sub-keywords.

The topics of this chapter:

 Syntax
 Symbol Description
 Parameter Type
 Command Abbreviation

Syntax

The command string usually starts with ":"; the keywords are separated by ":" and are followed by the
parameter settings available; "?" is added at the end of the command string to indicate query or execute
the corresponding function and then make query (for example, *TST?); the command keywords and the
first parameter are separated by a space.

For example,
:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession <expression>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession?

CALCulate is the root keyword of the command. ADVanced and EXPRession are the second-level and
third-level keywords respectively. The command string starts with ":" which is also used to separate the
multiple-level keywords. <expression> represents the parameters available for setting. "?" represents
query. The command keywords :CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession and parameter <expression> are
separated by a space.

"," is generally used for separating multiple parameters contained in the same command, for example,
:SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 1-1

RIGOL 1 SCPI Overview

Symbol Description

The following symbols will not be sent with the commands.

1. Braces {}
The parameters enclosed in the braces are optional and are usually separated by the vertical bar "|".
When you use the command, one of the parameters must be selected.

2. Vertical Bar |
The vertical bar is used to separate multiple parameters and one of the parameters must be selected
when you use the command.

3. Square Brackets []
The content in the square brackets can be omitted.

4. Triangle Brackets <>

The parameter enclosed in the triangle brackets must be replaced by an effective value.

Parameter Type

1. Bool
The parameter could be ON, OFF, 1 or 0. For example,
:MEASure:ADISplay <bool>
:MEASure:ADISplay?
Wherein, <bool> can be set to {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}.
The query returns 1 or 0.

2. Discrete
The parameter could be any of the values listed. For example,
:ACQuire:TYPE <type>
:ACQuire:TYPE?
Wherein, <type> can be set to NORMal|AVERages|PEAK|HRESolution.
The query returns the abbreviations (NORM, AVER, PEAK or HRES).

3. Integer
Unless otherwise noted, the parameter can be any integer within the effective value range. Note that
do not set the parameter to a decimal, otherwise errors will occur.
For example,
:DISPlay:GBRightness <brightness>
:DISPlay:GBRightness?
Wherein, <brightness> can be set to any integer between 0 and 100.
The query returns an integer between 0 and 100.

1-2 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

1 SCPI Overview RIGOL

4. Real
The parameter can be any real number within the effective value range and this command accepts
decimal and scientific notation parameter input. For example,
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:INTerval <interval>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:INTerval?
Wherein, <interval> can be set to any real number between 0.0000001 (or 1e-07, namely 100ns) to
10 (or 1e+01, namely 10s).
The query returns a real number in scientific notation.

5. ASCII String
The parameter should be the combinations of ASCII characters. For example,
:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession <expression>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession?
Wherein, <expression> can be set to CH1+CH2
The query returns an ASCII string.

Command Abbreviation

All the commands are case-insensitive and you can use any of them. If abbreviation is used, all the capital
English letters and numbers in the command must be written completely. For example,
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable1?
can be abbreviated to
:CALC:ADV:VAR1?

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 1-3

2 Command System RIGOL

2 Command System
This chapter introduces the command subsystems of MSO2000A/DS2000A command set.

The topics of this chapter:

 :AUToscale
 :CLEar
 :RUN
 :STOP
 :SINGle
 :TFORce
 :TLHAlf
 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
 :ACQuire Commands
 :BUS<n> Commands
 :CALCulate Commands
 :CALibrate Commands
 :CHANnel<n> Commands
 :CURSor Commands
 :DISPlay Commands
 :FUNCtion Commands
 :LA Commands (For MSO2000A/MSO2000A-S)
 :LAN Commands
 :MASK Commands
 :MEASure Commands
 :OUTPut<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S)
 :RECall Commands
 :REFerence Commands
 :SAVE Commands
 :SOURce<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S)
 :SYSTem Commands
 :TIMebase Commands
 :TRACe<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S)
 :TRIGger Commands
 :WAVeform Commands

Note:
1. Unless otherwise noted, the introductions and parameter ranges in this manual are based on
MSO2302A-S.
2. For parameter setting commands (such as time, frequency and amplitude), the oscilloscope can only
accept numbers and set the parameters using the default units; it cannot recognize the units sent
with the parameters. For the default unit of each parameter, please refer to the description in each
command in the following introductions.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-1

RIGOL 2 Command System

:AUToscale

Syntax
:AUToscale

Description
Enable the waveform auto setting function. The oscilloscope adjusts the vertical scale, horizontal time
base and trigger mode according to the input signal automatically to realize optimum waveform display.
The function of this command is the same with that of AUTO on the front panel.

Explanation
 This command is invalid when the AUTO function is disabled. For the details, please refer
to :SYSTem:AUToscale.
 When the current status of the pass/fail function is "Enable Test", this command is not available. For
the details, please refer to :MASK:ENABle.

:CLEar

Syntax
:CLEar

Description
Clear all the waveforms on the screen. New waveforms will still be displayed if the oscilloscope is in RUN
state. The function of this command is the same with that of CLEAR on the front panel.

:RUN
:STOP

Syntax
:RUN
:STOP

Description
The :RUN command starts the oscilloscope and the :STOP command stops the oscilloscope. The functions
of these commands are the same with those of RUN/STOP on the front panel.

Explanation
These commands are invalid when waveform recording or waveform playback is turned on.

2-2 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SINGle

Syntax
:SINGle

Description
Set the oscilloscope to single trigger mode.

Explanation
 In single trigger mode, the oscilloscope triggers once the trigger conditions are met and then stops.
 In single trigger mode, using the :TFORce command can generate a trigger signal forcefully.
 You can use the :RUN and :STOP command to set the oscilloscope to Auto trigger mode and STOP
state respectively.

:TFORce

Syntax
:TFORce

Description
Generate a trigger signal forcefully. The function of this command is the same with that of FORCE in the
trigger control area on the front panel.

:TLHAlf

Syntax
:TLHAlf

Description
Set the trigger level to the vertical midpoint of the trigger signal amplitude.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-3

RIGOL 2 Command System

IEEE 488.2 Common Commands

The IEEE 488.2 standard defines some common commands used for querying the basic information of the
instrument or executing basic operations. These commands usually start with "*" and the keyword of the
command is usually 3-character long.

 *CLS
 *ESE
 *ESR?
 *IDN?
 *OPC
 *RST
 *SRE
 *STB?
 *TST?

*CLS

Syntax
*CLS

Description
Clear all the event registers and clear the error queue.

2-4 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

*ESE

Syntax
*ESE <mask>
*ESE?

Description
Set or query the enable register for the standard event status register set.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mask> Integer 0 to 255 0

Explanation
 <mask> is the sum of the binary weights (expressed in decimal) of all the bits between bit 0 and bit
7 that have already been set. If the bit has already been set, the corresponding binary bit is 1;
otherwise, it is 0.
 Definitions of the bits in ESE register:
Bit Weights Name Enable
7 128 PON Power On
6 64 URQ User Request
5 32 CME Command Error
4 16 EXE Execution Error
3 8 DDE Dev. Dependent Error
2 4 QYE Query Error
1 2 RQL Request Control
0 1 OPC Operation Complete

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 255 which equals the sum of the binary weights (expressed
in decimal) of all the bits that have already been set in the register.
For example, the query returns 144 if bit 4 (16 in decimal) and bit 7 (128 in decimal) are enabled.

Example
*ESE 16 /*Bit 4 is enabled*/
*ESE? /*The query returns 16*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-5

RIGOL 2 Command System

*ESR?

Syntax
*ESR?

Description
Query the event status register for the standard event register set.

Explanation
Definitions of the bits of ESE register:
Bit Weights Name Enable
7 128 PON Power On
6 64 URQ User Request
5 32 CME Command Error
4 16 EXE Execution Error
3 8 DDE Dev. Dependent Error
2 4 QYE Query Error
1 2 RQL Request Control
0 1 OPC Operation Complete

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 255 which equals the sum of the binary weights (expressed
in decimal) of all the bits that have already been set in the register. For example, the query returns 144 if
bit 4 (16 in decimal) and bit 7 (128 in decimal) are enabled.

*IDN?

Syntax
*IDN?

Description
Query the current device information.

Return Format
The query returns RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES,<model>,<serial number>,<software version>.
Wherein,
<model> is the model number of the instrument. <serial number> is the serial number of the instrument.
<software version> is the software version of the instrument.

2-6 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

*OPC

Syntax
*OPC
*OPC?

Description
Set the Operation Complete bit (bit 0) in the standard event status register to 1 after the current
operation is finished.
Query whether the current operation is finished.

Return Format
The query returns 1 if the current operation is finished; otherwise, returns 0.

*RST

Syntax
*RST

Description
Restore the instrument to the factory setting.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-7

RIGOL 2 Command System

*SRE

Syntax
*SRE <mask>
*SRE?

Description
Set or query the enable register for the state byte register set.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mask> Integer 0 to 255 0

Explanation
 <mask> is the sum of the binary weights (expressed in decimal) of all the bits between bit 0 and bit
7 that have already been set. If the bit has already been set, the corresponding binary bit is 1;
otherwise, it is 0.
 Definitions of the bits of SRE register:
Bit Weights Name Enable
7 128 OPER Operation Status Reg
6 64 -- Not used
5 32 ESB Event Status Bit
4 16 MAV Message Available
3 8 -- Not used
2 4 MSG Message
1 2 USR User
0 1 TRG Trigger

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 255 which equals the sum of the binary weights (expressed
in decimal) of all the bits that have already been set in the register. For example, the query returns 144 if
bit 4 (16 in decimal) and bit 7 (128 in decimal) are enabled.

Example
*SRE 16 /*Bit 4 is enabled*/
*SRE? /*The query returns 16*/

2-8 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

*STB?

Syntax
*STB?

Description
Query the condition register for the state byte register set.

Explanation
Definitions of the bits of SRE register:
Bit Weights Name Enable
7 128 OPER Operation Status Reg
6 64 -- Not used
5 32 ESB Event Status Bit
4 16 MAV Message Available
3 8 -- Not used
2 4 MSG Message
1 2 USR User
0 1 TRG Trigger

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 255 which equals the sum of the binary weights (expressed
in decimal) of all the bits that have already been set in the register. For example, the query returns 144 if
bit 4 (16 in decimal) and bit 7 (128 in decimal) are enabled.

Example
*STB? /*The query returns 24 (bit 3 and bit 4 are enabled)*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-9

RIGOL 2 Command System

*TST?

Syntax
*TST?

Description
Perform a self-test and query the result.

Explanation
The self-test result is denoted by a 32-bit binary number. If the corresponding binary bit is 0, the self-test
item passes the test; while 1 indicates a failure. The return value is the decimal integer corresponding to
the binary number.
The self-test item represented by each bit is as shown below. The bit that is not used is always 0.
bit0: system voltage
bit1: analog voltage
bit2: storage system
bit3: digital core
bit4: digital IO
bit9: fan 1
bit10: fan 2
bit12: inlet temperature
bit13: outlet temperature
bit16: real-time clock

Return Format
The query returns a decimal integer.

Example
*TST? /*The query returns 0 (namely the 32 bits of the binary number are all 0*/

2-10 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:ACQuire Commands

 :ACQuire:AVERages
 :ACQuire:MDEPth
 :ACQuire:SRATe?
 :ACQuire:TYPE
 :ACQuire:AALias

:ACQuire:AVERages

Syntax
:ACQuire:AVERages <count>
:ACQuire:AVERages?

Description
Set or query the number of averages in average acquisition mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
n
<count> Discrete 2 (n is an integer from 1 to 13) 2

Explanation
You can use the :ACQuire:TYPE command to select the average acquisition mode. In this mode, the
oscilloscope averages the waveforms from multiple samples to reduce the random noise on the input
signal and improve the vertical resolution. Greater number of averages can lower the noise and increase
the vertical resolution; while at the same time, it will slower the response of the displayed waveform to
the waveform changes.

Return Format
The query returns the number of averages in average acquisition mode in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-11

RIGOL 2 Command System

:ACQuire:MDEPth

Syntax
:ACQuire:MDEPth <mdep>
:ACQuire:MDEPth?

Description
Set or query the memory depth of the oscilloscope; namely the number of waveform points that can be
stored in a single trigger sample. The default unit is pts (points).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mdep> Discrete Refer to Explanation AUTO

Explanation
Interweave: AUTO|14000|140000|1400000|14000000|56000000 (option).
Non-interweave: AUTO|7000|70000|700000|7000000|28000000 (option).

Return Format
The query returns the memory depth of the oscilloscope in integer.

:ACQuire:SRATe?

Syntax
:ACQuire:SRATe?

Description
Query the current sample rate. The default unit is Sa/s.

Return Format
The query returns the current sample rate in scientific notation. For example, 1.00000e+09; namely
1.000GSa/s.

2-12 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:ACQuire:TYPE

Syntax
:ACQuire:TYPE <type>
:ACQuire:TYPE?

Description
Set or query the acquisition mode of the sample.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {NORMal|AVERages|PEAK|HRESolution} NORMal

Explanation
 NORMal: the oscilloscope samples the signal at equal time interval. For most of waveforms, this
mode can ensure the optimum display effect.
 AVERages: the oscilloscope averages the waveforms from multiple samples to reduce the random
noise on the input signal and increase the vertical resolution. In this mode, you can use
the :ACQuire:AVERages command to set the number of averages.
 PEAK: the oscilloscope samples the maximum and minimum values of the signal within the sample
interval to acquire the envelop of the signal and narrow pulses that might be lost. But in this mode,
the display noise is relatively larger.
 HRESolution: the oscilloscope averages the neighbouring points of the sampled waveform. This
mode is usually used when the sample rate of the digital converter is greater than the storage rate of
the sample storage.

Return Format
The query returns NORM, AVER, PEAK, or HRES.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-13

RIGOL 2 Command System

:ACQuire:AALias

Syntax
:ACQuire:AALias <bool>
:ACQuire:AALias?

Description
Enable or disable the antialiasing function of the oscilloscope; or query the current state of the
antialiasing function of the oscilloscope.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-14 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n> Commands

 :BUS<n>:MODE
 :BUS<n>:DISPlay
 :BUS<n>:FORMat
 :BUS<n>:EVENt
 :BUS<n>:EEXPort
 :BUS<n>:DATA?
 :BUS<n>:PARallel
 :BUS<n>:RS232 (Option)
 :BUS<n>:IIC (Option)
 :BUS<n>:SPI (Option)
 :BUS<n>:CAN (Option)

:BUS<n>:MODE

Syntax
:BUS<n>:MODE <mode>
:BUS<n>:MODE?

Description
Set or query the decoding mode of the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<mode> Discrete {PARallel|RS232|IIC|SPI|CAN} PARallel

Explanation
RS232 decoding, I2C decoding, SPI decoding and CAN decoding are options and this command is only
valid when the corresponding options are installed.

Return Format
The query returns PAR, RS232, IIC, SPI, or CAN.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-15

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:DISPlay

Syntax
:BUS<n>:DISPlay <bool>
:BUS<n>:DISPlay?

Description
Enable or disable the display of the specified bus; or query the current display status of the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:BUS<n>:FORMat

Syntax
:BUS<n>:FORMat <format>
:BUS<n>:FORMat?

Description
Set or query the display format of the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<format> Discrete {HEX|DEC|BIN|ASCii} HEX

Explanation
 HEX: hexadecimal;
 DEC: decimal;
 BIN: binary;
 ASCii: ASCII.

Return Format
The query returns HEX, DEC, BIN, or ASC.

2-16 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:EVENt

Syntax
:BUS<n>:EVENt <bool>
:BUS<n>:EVENt?

Description
Enable or disable the event table of the specified bus; or query the current status of the event table of the
specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
This command is only available when the displayof the specified bus is enabled (:BUS<n>:DISPlay).

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:BUS<n>:EEXPort

Syntax
:BUS<n>:EEXPort

Description
Export the event table of the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --

Explanation
The data list can be exported to an external USB storage device in CSV format if an USB storage device is
currently connected.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-17

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:DATA?

Syntax
:BUS<n>:DATA?

Description
Read the decoding event table data.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --

Return Format
The query returns the decoding event table data in the following format.
#9000000141RS232
Time,TX,TX ERR,
-6.1352322E-03,*,,
-4.0554402E-03,R,,
-1.9756482E-03,I,,
1.0414385E-04,G,,
2.1839839E-03,O,,
4.2637759E-03,L,,

Wherein, #9000000141 is the TMC data block header following which is the data in the event table. The
figure behind #9 denotes the number of bytes of the effective data. RS232 denotes the decoding mode (it
can also be Parallel, I2C, SPI or CAN). The data are separated by commas and will be displayed in
different lines automatically according to the lines in the decoding table. The data value is related to the
specified format (:BUS<n>:FORMat).

Note: You can save the data (except the TMC data block header and the decoding type; for example,
#9000000141RS232) as a *.csv file and view the data in table form.

2-18 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:PARallel

 :BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK
 :BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe
 :BUS<n>:PARallel:BSET
 :BUS<n>:PARallel:THReshold
 :BUS<n>:PARallel:OFFSet

:BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK

Syntax
:BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK <sour>
:BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK?

Description
Set or query the clock channel source of parallel decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel1
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|OFF}

Explanation
When OFF is selected, no clock channel is set and the oscilloscope samples data once the channel data
jumps. At this point, the edge set by the :BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe command can be ignored.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, or OFF.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-19

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe

Syntax
:BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe <pos>
:BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the edge of the clock on which the oscilloscope samples the channel data.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<pos> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative|BOTH} POSitive

Explanation
 POSitive: rising edge
NEGative: falling edge
BOTH: rising/falling edge
 When no clock channel is set (refer to the :BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK command), the oscilloscope
samples data once the channel data jumps and the edge set by this command will be ignored.

Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or BOTH.

2-20 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:PARallel:BSET

Syntax
:BUS<n>:PARallel:BSET <b0>[,<b1>[,<b2>…[,<b17>]]]
:BUS<n>:PARallel:BSET?

Description
Set the data width of parallel decoding on the specified bus and the channel source for each bit; or query
the channel source of each bit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<b0> Discrete D0
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
…… …… …… ……
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<b15> Discrete D15
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<b16> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<b17> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Explanation
This command sets the bus data width and the setting sequence of the bits is LSB. For example, when the
parameter is set to CHAN2,CHAN1, the bus data width is set to 2, bit 0 is CHAN2 and bit 1 is CHAN1.

Return Format
The query returns the channel source of each bit in the current data channel. The number of the channel
sources is determined by the current data width and multiple channels are separated by commas.

Example
:BUS1:PARallel:BSET CHANnel1,CHANnel2,D0,D1
/*Set the data width to 4 and the channel sources of the bits are
CH1,CH2,D0,D1 respectively*/
:BUS1:PARallel:BSET? /*The query returns CHAN1,CHAN2,D0,D1*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-21

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:PARallel:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:PARallel:THReshold <sour>,<thre>
:BUS<n>:PARallel:THReshold? <sour>

Description
Set or query the analog channel threshold of parallel decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<sour> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Return Format
The query returns the analog channel threshold of parallel decoding on the specified bus in scientific
notation.

2-22 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:PARallel:OFFSet

Syntax
:BUS<n>:PARallel:OFFSet <val>
:BUS<n>:PARallel:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of parallel decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
[1]
Normal : -166 to 148
[2]
<val> Integer Statistic : -163 to 143 0
[3]
Half screen : -103 to 52
[1]
Note : The screen display is normal and the statistic function is not enabled (refer to
the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay command).
Note[2]: The screen display is normal and the statistic function is enabled (refer to the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
command).
Note[3]: The screen is divided into two windows (refer to the :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle and :CALCulate:FFT:SPLit
commands).

Explanation
 Before using this command, enable the bus display (refer to the :BUS<n>:DISPlay command).
 When the data line is located in the middle of the screen, <val> is 0; when it is located above the
middle of the screen, <val> is positive; when it is located below the middle of the screen, <val> is
negative.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of parallel decoding on the specified bus in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-23

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:RS232 (Option)

 :BUS<n>:RS232:TX
 :BUS<n>:RS232:RX
 :BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity
 :BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian
 :BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD
 :BUS<n>:RS232:BUSer
 :BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs
 :BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs
 :BUS<n>:RS232:PARity
 :BUS<n>:RS232:PACKet
 :BUS<n>:RS232:PEND
 :BUS<n>:RS232:TTHReshold
 :BUS<n>:RS232:RTHReshold
 :BUS<n>:RS232:OFFSet

:BUS<n>:RS232:TX

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:TX <source>
:BUS<n>:RS232:TX?

Description
Set or query the TX channel source of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|OFF}

Explanation
When OFF is selected, no TX channel source will be set. The TX channel source and RX channel source
cannot both be set to OFF.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, or OFF.

2-24 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:RS232:RX

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:RX <source>
:BUS<n>:RS232:RX?

Description
Set or query the RX channel source of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete OFF
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|OFF}

Explanation
When OFF is selected, no RX channel source will be set. The TX channel source and RX channel source
cannot both be set to OFF.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, or OFF.

:BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity <pol>
:BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity?

Description
Set or query the polarity of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<pol> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} NEGative

Explanation
The RS232 standard uses negative logic; namely high level is 0 and low level is 1. Therefore, when <pol>
is set to NEGative, the polarity is set to negative logic (namely "Normal" polarity); when <pol> is set to
POSitive, the polarity is set to positive polarity (namely "Invert" polarity).

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-25

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian <endian>
:BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian?

Description
Set or query the endian of data transmission of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<endian> Discrete {MSB|LSB} LSB

Return Format
The query returns MSB or LSB.

:BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD <baud>
:BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD?

Description
Set or query the baud rate of data transmission of RS232 decoding on the specified bus. The default unit
is bps.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{2400|4800|9600|19200|38400|57600|115200|
<baud> Discrete 9600
230400|460800|921600|1000000|USER}
Note: When the baud rate is set to USER, you can set a specific baud rate using the :BUS<n>:RS232:BUSer
command.

Return Format
The query returns the baud rate of data transmission of RS232 decoding on the specified bus in integer or
returns USER.

2-26 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:RS232:BUSer

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:BUSer <baud>
:BUS<n>:RS232:BUSer?

Description
Set or query the user-defined baud rate of data transmission of RS232 decoding on the specified bus. The
default unit is bps.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<baud> Integer 110 to 20000000 9600

Return Format
The query returns the user-defined baud rate of data transmission of RS232 decoding on the specified
bus in integer.

:BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs <bits>
:BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs?

Description
Set or query the number of bits of data of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bits> Discrete {5|6|7|8|9} 8

Return Format
The query returns 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-27

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs <stop bits>
:BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs?

Description
Set or query the stop bit after each frame of data of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<stop bits> Discrete {1|1.5|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns 1, 1.5, or 2.

:BUS<n>:RS232:PARity

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:PARity <parity>
:BUS<n>:RS232:PARity?

Description
Set or query the even-odd check mode of data transmission of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<parity> Discrete {NONE|ODD|EVEN} NONE

Return Format
The query returns NONE, ODD, or EVEN.

2-28 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:RS232:PACKet

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:PACKet <bool>
:BUS<n>:RS232:PACKet?

Description
Enable or disable the packet end in data transmission; or query the current status of the packet end in
data transmission.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
When the packet end is enabled, several data blocks are combined according to the packet end.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:BUS<n>:RS232:PEND

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:PEND <package end>
:BUS<n>:RS232:PEND?

Description
Set or query the packet end of data transmission.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<package end> Discrete {NULL|LF|CR|SP|FF} NULL

Explanation
The hexadecimal numbers corresponding to the parameters are as follows.
NULL: 00 LF: 0A CR: 0D SP: 20 FF: FF

Return Format
The query returns NULL, LF, CR, SP, or FF.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-29

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:RS232:TTHReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:TTHReshold <tthre>
:BUS<n>:RS232:TTHReshold?

Description
Set or query the TX channel threshold of R232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<tthre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the TX channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the TX channel threshold of R232 decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

:BUS<n>:RS232:RTHReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:RTHReshold <rthre>
:BUS<n>:RS232:RTHReshold?

Description
Set or query the RX channel threshold of R232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<rthre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the RX channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the RX channel threshold of R232 decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

2-30 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:RS232:OFFSet

Syntax
:BUS<n>:RS232:OFFSet <val>
:BUS<n>:RS232:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
[1]
Normal : -166 to 148
[2]
<val> Integer Statistic : -163 to 143 0
[3]
Half screen : -103 to 52
[1]
Note : The screen display is normal and the statistic function is not enabled (refer to
the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay command).
Note[2]: The screen display is normal and the statistic function is enabled (refer to the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
command).
Note[3]: The screen is divided into two windows (refer to the :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle and :CALCulate:FFT:SPLit
commands).

Explanation
 Before using this command, enable the bus display (refer to the :BUS<n>:DISPlay command).
 When the data line is located in the middle of the screen, <val> is 0; when it is located above the
middle of the screen, <val> is positive; when it is located below the middle of the screen, <val> is
negative.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of RS232 decoding on the specified bus in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-31

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:IIC (Option)

 :BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce
 :BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:THReshold
 :BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce
 :BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:THReshold
 :BUS<n>:IIC:OFFSet

:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce

Syntax
:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce <sour>
:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the clock channel source of I2C decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-32 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:THReshold <thre>
:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the clock channel threshold of I2C decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the clock channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the clock channel threshold of I2C decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce

Syntax
:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce <sour>
:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the data channel source of I2C decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-33

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:THReshold <thre>
:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the data channel threshold of I2C decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the data channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the data channel threshold of I2C decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

2-34 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:IIC:OFFSet

Syntax
:BUS<n>:IIC:OFFSet <val>
:BUS<n>:IIC:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of I2C decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
[1]
Normal : -166 to 148
[2]
<val> Integer Statistic : -163 to 143 0
[3]
Half screen : -103 to 52
[1]
Note : The screen display is normal and the statistic function is not enabled (refer to
the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay command).
Note[2]: The screen display is normal and the statistic function is enabled (refer to the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
command).
Note[3]: The screen is divided into two windows (refer to the :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle and :CALCulate:FFT:SPLit
commands).

Explanation
 Before using this command, enable the bus display (refer to the :BUS<n>:DISPlay command).
 When the data line is located in the middle of the screen, <val> is 0; when it is located above the
middle of the screen, <val> is positive; when it is located below the middle of the screen, <val> is
negative.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of I2C decoding on the specified bus in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-35

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:SPI (Option)

 :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:THReshold
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:SOURce
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:POLarity
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:THReshold
 :BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs
 :BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian
 :BUS<n>:SPI:OFFSet
 :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE
 :BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity
 :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:THReshold

:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce <sour>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the clock channel source of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-36 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe <pos>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the clock edge type of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<pos> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} POSitive

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:THReshold <thre>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the clock channel threshold of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the clock channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the clock channel threshold of SPI decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-37

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:SOURce

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:SOURce <sour>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the data channel source of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:POLarity

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:POLarity <pos>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:POLarity?

Description
Set or query the polarity of the SDA data line of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<pos> Discrete {HIGH|LOW} HIGH

Explanation
HIGH: low level is 0; high level is 1. LOW: high level is 0; low level is 1.

Return Format
The query returns HIGH or LOW.

2-38 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:THReshold <thre>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SDA:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the data channel threshold of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the data channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the data channel threshold of SPI decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

:BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs <width>
:BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs?

Description
Set or query the number of bits of data of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<width> Integer 4 to 32 8

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 4 and 32.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-39

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian <endian>
:BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian?

Description
Set or query the endian of data transmission of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<endian> Discrete {MSB|LSB} MSB

Return Format
The query returns MSB or LSB.

2-40 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:SPI:OFFSet

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:OFFSet <val>
:BUS<n>:SPI:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
[1]
Normal : -166 to 148
[2]
<val> Integer Statistic : -163 to 143 0
[3]
Half screen : -103 to 52
[1]
Note : The screen display is normal and the statistic function is not enabled (refer to
the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay command).
Note[2]: The screen display is normal and the statistic function is enabled (refer to the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
command).
Note[3]: The screen is divided into two windows (refer to the :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle and :CALCulate:FFT:SPLit
commands).

Explanation
 Before using this command, enable the bus display (refer to the :BUS<n>:DISPlay command).
 When the data line is located in the middle of the screen, <val> is 0; when it is located above the
middle of the screen, <val> is positive; when it is located below the middle of the screen, <val> is
negative.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of SPI decoding on the specified bus in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-41

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:SPI:MODE

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:MODE <mode>
:BUS<n>:SPI:MODE?

Description
Set or query the decoding mode of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<mode> Discrete {CS|TIMeout} TIMeout

Explanation
 CS: It indicates that the oscilloscope samples the data of the data line source channel on the
specified edge of the clock signal when the chip select (CS) signal is the specified level.
 TIMeout: It indicates that the oscilloscope samples the data of the data line source channel on the
specified edge of the clock signal when the clock signal is in the idle state for a specified period of
time.

Return Format
The query returns CS or TIM.

Related Commands
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:THReshold
:BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME

2-42 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME <val>
:BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME?

Description
Set or query the timeout time of SPI decoding on the specified bus. The default unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<val> Real 100ns to 1s 1us

Return Format
The query returns the timeout time of SPI decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce <source>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the source channel of the chip select line of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-43

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity <pol>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity?

Description
Set or query the polarity of the chip select line of SPI decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<pol> Discrete {HIGH|LOW} LOW

Explanation
 HIGH: set the oscilloscope to sample the data of the data line source channel on the specified edge
of the clock signal when the chip select signal is "High Level".
 LOW: set the oscilloscope to sample the data of the data line source channel on the specified edge of
the clock signal when the chip select signal is "Low Level".

Return Format
The query returns HIGH or LOW.

2-44 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:THReshold <thre>
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the threshold of the source channel of the chip select line of SPI decoding on the specified
bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the source channel of the chip select line of SPI decoding on the
specified bus is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the threshold of the source channel of the chip select line of SPI decoding on the
specified bus in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-45

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:CAN (Option)

 :BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
 :BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe
 :BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD
 :BUS<n>:CAN:BUSer
 :BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint
 :BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold
 :BUS<n>:CAN:OFFSet

:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <sour>
:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the channel source of CAN decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-46 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe <stype>
:BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe?

Description
Set or query the signal type of CAN decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<stype> Discrete {TX|RX|CANH|CANL|DIFFerential} RX

Return Format
The query returns TX, RX, CANH, CANL, or DIFF.

:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD <baud>
:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD?

Description
Set or query the signal rate of CAN decoding on the specified bus. The default unit is b/s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<baud> Discrete {100000|125000|250000|400000|500000|800000|1000000|USER} 500000
Note: When the signal rate is set to USER, you can use the :BUS<n>:CAN:BUSer command to set a user-defined
signal rate.

Return Format
The query returns the signal rate of CAN decoding on the specified bus in integer or returns USER.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-47

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:CAN:BUSer

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:BUSer <baud>
:BUS<n>:CAN:BUSer?

Description
Set or query the user-defined signal rate of CAN decoding on the specified bus. The default unit is b/s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<baud> Integer 10000 to 1000000 500000

Return Format
The query returns the user-defined signal rate of CAN decoding on the specified bus in integer.

:BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint <spo>
:BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint?

Description
Set or query the sample position (expressed in percentage) of CAN decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<spo> Integer 5 to 95 50

Return Format
The query returns the sample position of CAN decoding on the specified bus in integer.

2-48 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold <thre>
:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold?

Description
Set ro query the threshold of CAN decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<thre> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
This command is only available when the channel source is CH1 or CH2.

Return Format
The query returns the threshold of CAN decoding on the specified bus in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-49

RIGOL 2 Command System

:BUS<n>:CAN:OFFSet

Syntax
:BUS<n>:CAN:OFFSet <val>
:BUS<n>:CAN:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of CAN decoding on the specified bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
[1]
Normal : -166 to 148
[2]
<val> Integer Statistic : -163 to 143 0
[3]
Half screen : -103 to 52
[1]
Note : The screen display is normal and the statistic function is not enabled (refer to
the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay command).
Note[2]: The screen display is normal and the statistic function is enabled (refer to the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
command).
Note[3]: The screen is divided into two windows (refer to the :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle and :CALCulate:FFT:SPLit
commands).

Explanation
 Before using this command, enable the bus display (refer to the :BUS<n>:DISPlay command).
 When the data line is located in the middle of the screen, <val> is 0; when it is located above the
middle of the screen, <val> is positive; when it is located below the middle of the screen, <val> is
negative.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of CAN decoding on the specified bus in integer.

2-50 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate Commands

 :CALCulate:MODE
 :CALCulate:ADD
 :CALCulate:SUB
 :CALCulate:MULTiply
 :CALCulate:DIVision
 :CALCulate:FFT
 :CALCulate:LOGic
 :CALCulate:ADVanced

:CALCulate:MODE

Syntax
:CALCulate:MODE <mod>
:CALCulate:MODE?

Description
Set or query the math operation type.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mod> Discrete {ADD|SUB|MULTiply|DIVision|FFT|LOGic|ADVanced|OFF} OFF

Return Format
The query returns ADD, SUB, MULT, DIV, FFT, LOG, ADV, or OFF.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-51

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:ADD

 :CALCulate:ADD:SA
 :CALCulate:ADD:SB
 :CALCulate:ADD:INVert
 :CALCulate:ADD:VSCale
 :CALCulate:ADD:VOFFset

:CALCulate:ADD:SA
:CALCulate:ADD:SB

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADD:SA <source>
:CALCulate:ADD:SA?
:CALCulate:ADD:SB <source>
:CALCulate:ADD:SB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in the addition operation.
Set or query the channel source of source B in the addition operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

2-52 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:ADD:INVert

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADD:INVert <bool>
:CALCulate:ADD:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the addition operation result; or query the current status of the
inverted display of the addition operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:CALCulate:ADD:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADD:VSCale <scale>
:CALCulate:ADD:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the addition operation result. The unit is related to the amplitude unit of
the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The default range is from 0.02 to 500.
<scale> Real The actual range is related to the vertical scale of the signal 2V
source channel.
Note: For the channel vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the addition operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-53

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:ADD:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADD:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:ADD:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the addition operation result. The unit is related to the amplitude unit of
the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 0
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:ADD:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the addition operation result in scientific notation.

2-54 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:SUB

 :CALCulate:SUB:SA
 :CALCulate:SUB:SB
 :CALCulate:SUB:INVert
 :CALCulate:SUB:VSCale
 :CALCulate:SUB:VOFFset

:CALCulate:SUB:SA
:CALCulate:SUB:SB

Syntax
:CALCulate:SUB:SA <source>
:CALCulate:SUB:SA?
:CALCulate:SUB:SB <source>
:CALCulate:SUB:SB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in the subtraction operation.
Set or query the channel source of source B in the subtraction operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-55

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:SUB:INVert

Syntax
:CALCulate:SUB:INVert <bool>
:CALCulate:SUB:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the subtraction operation result; or query the current status of
the inverted display of the subtraction operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:CALCulate:SUB:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:SUB:VSCale <scale>
:CALCulate:SUB:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the subtraction operation result. The unit is related to the amplitude unit
of the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The default range is from 1p to 200.
<scale> Real The actual range is related to the vertical scale of the signal 2V
source channel.
Note: For the channel vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the subtraction operation result in scientific notation.

2-56 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:SUB:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:SUB:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:SUB:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the subtraction operation result. The unit is related to the amplitude unit
of the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 0
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:SUB:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the subtraction operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-57

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:MULTiply

 :CALCulate:MULTiply:SA
 :CALCulate:MULTiply:SB
 :CALCulate:MULTiply:INVert
 :CALCulate:MULTiply:VSCale
 :CALCulate:MULTiply:VOFFset

:CALCulate:MULTiply:SA
:CALCulate:MULTiply:SB

Syntax
:CALCulate:MULTiply:SA <source>
:CALCulate:MULTiply:SA?
:CALCulate:MULTiply:SB <source>
:CALCulate:MULTiply:SB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in the multiplication operation.
Set or query the channel source of source B in the multiplication operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

2-58 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:MULTiply:INVert

Syntax
:CALCulate:MULTiply:INVert <bool>
:CALCulate:MULTiply:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the multiplication operation result; or query the current status of
the inverted display of the multiplication operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:CALCulate:MULTiply:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:MULTiply:VSCale <scale>
:CALCulate:MULTiply:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the multiplication operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The default range is from 50nU to 10MU.
<scale> Real The actual range is related to the vertical scale of the signal 2U
source channel.
Note: For the channel vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the multiplication operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-59

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:MULTiply:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:MULTiply:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:MULTiply:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the multiplication operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 0
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:MULTiply:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the multiplication operation result in scientific notation.

2-60 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:DIVision

 :CALCulate:DIVision:SA
 :CALCulate:DIVision:SB
 :CALCulate:DIVision:INVert
 :CALCulate:DIVision:VSCale
 :CALCulate:DIVision:VOFFset

:CALCulate:DIVision:SA
:CALCulate:DIVision:SB

Syntax
:CALCulate:DIVision:SA <source>
:CALCulate:DIVision:SA?
:CALCulate:DIVision:SB <source>
:CALCulate:DIVision:SB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in the division operation.
Set or query the channel source of source B in the division operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-61

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:DIVision:INVert

Syntax
:CALCulate:DIVision:INVert <bool>
:CALCulate:DIVision:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the division operation result; or query the current status of the
inverted display of the division operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:CALCulate:DIVision:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:DIVision:VSCale <scale>
:CALCulate:DIVision:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the division operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The default range is from 50nU to 50MU.
<scale> Real The actual range is related to the vertical scale of the signal 2U
source channel.
Note: For the channel vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the division operation result in scientific notation.

2-62 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:DIVision:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:DIVision:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:DIVision:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the division operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 0
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:DIVision:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the division operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-63

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:FFT

 :CALCulate:FFT:SOURce
 :CALCulate:FFT:WINDow
 :CALCulate:FFT:SPLit
 :CALCulate:FFT:VSMode
 :CALCulate:FFT:VSCale
 :CALCulate:FFT:VOFFset
 :CALCulate:FFT:HSCale
 :CALCulate:FFT:HOFFset
 :CALCulate:FFT:HSPan
 :CALCulate:FFT:HCENter

:CALCulate:FFT:SOURce

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:SOURce <source>
:CALCulate:FFT:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the signal source of FFT operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

2-64 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:FFT:WINDow

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:WINDow <window>
:CALCulate:FFT:WINDow?

Description
Set or query the window function of the FFT operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<window> Discrete {RECTangle|HANNing|HAMMing|BLACkman} RECTangle

Explanation
 The window function can effectively reduce the spectrum leakage effect.
 Different window function is suitable for measuring different waveform; therefore, please select the
desired window function according to the waveform to be measured and its characteristics.

Return Format
The query returns RECT, HANN, HAMM, or BLAC.

:CALCulate:FFT:SPLit

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:SPLit <bool>
:CALCulate:FFT:SPLit?

Description
Enable or disable the split display of the FFT operation; or query the current status of the split display of
the FFT operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 1|ON

Explanation
 ON: the signal source channel waveform and the FFT operation results are displayed separately. The
time domain and frequency domain signals are displayed clearly.
 OFF (Full Screen): the signal source channel waveform and the FFT operation results are displayed in
the same window to view the frequency spectrum more clearly and to perform more precise
measurement.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-65

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:FFT:VSMode

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:VSMode <vmode>
:CALCulate:FFT:VSMode?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale type of the FFT operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<vmode> Discrete {VRMS|DB} DB

Return Format
The query returns VRMS or DB.

:CALCulate:FFT:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:VSCale <vscale>
:CALCulate:FFT:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the FFT operation result. The unit is related to the current vertical scale
type of FFT operation and the amplitude unit of the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
Related to the current vertical scale type of FFT operation:
dB: 1 to 100
<vscale> Real 20dBV/div
Vrms: the default range is from 0.01 to 200. The actual range is
related to the vertical scale of the signal source channel.
Note: For the vertical scale type of FFT operation, refer to the :CALCulate:FFT:VSMode command. For the channel
vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. Once you change the channel vertical scale, the range of
<vscale> will be changed only after the MATH channel is re-activated.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the FFT operation result in scientific notation.

2-66 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:FFT:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:FFT:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the FFT operation result. The unit is related to the current vertical scale
type of FFT operation and the amplitude unit of the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 60dBV
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:FFT:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the FFT operation result in scientifc notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-67

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:FFT:HSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:HSCale <hscale>
:CALCulate:FFT:HSCale?

Description
Set or query the horizontal coefficient of FFT operation. This command indirectly sets the horizontal scale
of FFT operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<hscale> Discrete {1|2|3|4} 2
Note: You can use the :CALCulate:FFT:HSPan command to set the horizontal scale of FFT operation directly.

Explanation
 The FFT horizontal coefficient represents the relationship between the FFT horizontal scale (Hspan)
and the current FFT sample rate of the screen (Sa).
1: Hspan=Sa/20
2: Hspan=Sa/40
3: Hspan=Sa/100
4: Hspan=Sa/200
 The current FFT sample rate of the screen=the number of pixels per grid horizontally/the horizontal
timebase. The number of pixels per grid horizontally is related to the on/off status of the
aunti-aliasing function; it is 50 when the anti-aliasing function is disabled and 100 when the
anti-aliasing function is enabled. For the horizontal timebase, refer to the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe
command.

Return Format
The query returns 1, 2, 3, or 4.

2-68 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:FFT:HOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:HOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:FFT:HOFFset?

Description
Set or query the horizontal offset of the FFT operation result. The unit is Hz.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real Refer to Explanation 0

Explanation
 The range of <offs> is related to the on/off status of the anti-aliasing function, the current FFT
sample rate of the screen (Sa) and the current FFT horizontal scale (Hspan).
When the anti-aliasing function is disabled: max{-0.5 x Sa, -14 x Hspan} to 0.5 x Sa
When the anti-aliasing function is enabled: max{-0.4 x Sa, -14 x Hspan} to 0.4 x Sa
Note: max{A, B} means using the larger one of A and B.
 The current FFT sample rate of the screen=the number of pixels per grid horizontally/the horizontal
timebase. The number of pixels per grid horizontally is related to the on/off status of the FFT
anti-aliasing function; it is 50 when the ainti-aliasing function is disabled and 100 when the
anti-aliasing function is enabled. For the horizontal timebase, refer to the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe
command.
 The FFT horizontal scale is related to the current FFT sample rate of the screen and the FFT
horizontal coefficient. Please refer to the :CALCulate:FFT:HSPan command.

Return Format
The query returns the horizontal offset of the FFT operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-69

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:FFT:HSPan

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:HSPan <span>
:CALCulate:FFT:HSPan?

Description
Set or query the horizontal scale of the FFT operation result. The unit is Hz/div.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<span> Discrete Refer to Explanation 1.25MHz/div

Explanation
 The FFT horizontal scale is related to the current FFT sample rate of the screen (Sa). It can be Sa/20,
Sa/40, Sa/100, and Sa/200.
 The current FFT sample rate of the screen = the number of pixels per grid horizontally/the horizontal
timebase. The number of pixels per grid horizontally is related to the on/off status of the FFT
anti-aliasing function; it is 50 when the ainti-aliasing function is disabled and 100 when the
anti-aliasing function is enabled. For the horizontal timebase, refer to the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe
command.
 You can set the horizontal scale of FFT operation indirectly by setting the FFT horizontal coefficient
(:CALCulate:FFT:HSCale).

Return Format
The query returns the horizontal scale of the FFT operation result in scientific notation.

2-70 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:FFT:HCENter

Syntax
:CALCulate:FFT:HCENter <center>
:CALCulate:FFT:HCENter?

Description
Set or query the center frequency of the FFT operation result. The unit is Hz.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
Horizontal offset of the operation result + 7 x (the current
<center> Real 8.75MHz
horizontal scale)
Note: For the horizontal offset, refer to the :CALCulate:FFT:HOFFset command; for the horizontal scale, refer to
the :CALCulate:FFT:HSCale and :CALCulate:FFT:HSPan commands.

Return Format
The query returns the center frequency of the FFT operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-71

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:LOGic

 :CALCulate:LOGic:SA
 :CALCulate:LOGic:SB
 :CALCulate:LOGic:INVert
 :CALCulate:LOGic:VSCale
 :CALCulate:LOGic:VOFFset
 :CALCulate:LOGic:OPERator
 :CALCulate:LOGic:ATHReshold
 :CALCulate:LOGic:BTHReshold

:CALCulate:LOGic:SA
:CALCulate:LOGic:SB

Syntax
:CALCulate:LOGic:SA <source>
:CALCulate:LOGic:SA?
:CALCulate:LOGic:SB <source>
:CALCulate:LOGic:SB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in the logic operation.
Set or query the channel source of source B in the logic operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Explanation
If the current logic operation type is NOT, only use the :CALCulate:LOGic:SA command to specify the
channel source of signal source A.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-72 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:LOGic:INVert

Syntax
:CALCulate:LOGic:INVert <bool>
:CALCulate:LOGic:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the logic operation result; or query the current status of the
inverted display of the logic operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:CALCulate:LOGic:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:LOGic:VSCale <scale>
:CALCulate:LOGic:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the logic operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<scale> Real 0.05U to 100U 1U

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the logic operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-73

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:LOGic:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:LOGic:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:LOGic:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the logic operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 0
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:LOGic:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the logic operation result in scientifc notation.

:CALCulate:LOGic:OPERator

Syntax
:CALCulate:LOGic:OPERator <oper>
:CALCulate:LOGic:OPERator?

Description
Set or query the operator of logic operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<oper> Discrete {AND|OR|NOT|XOR} AND

Return Format
The query returns AND, OR, NOT, or XOR.

2-74 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:LOGic:ATHReshold
:CALCulate:LOGic:BTHReshold

Syntax
:CALCulate:LOGic:ATHReshold <thre>
:CALCulate:LOGic:ATHReshold?
:CALCulate:LOGic:BTHReshold <thre>
:CALCulate:LOGic:BTHReshold?

Description
Set or query the threshold of source A in the logic operation.
Set or query the threshold of source B in the logic operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<thre> Real (-4 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 This command is only available when source A or B is CH1 or CH2.
 If the current logic operation type is NOT, you only need to set the threshold of source A.

Return Format
The query returns the threshold of source A or B of logic operation in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-75

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:ADVanced

 :CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession
 :CALCulate:ADVanced:INVert
 :CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable1
 :CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable2
 :CALCulate:ADVanced:VSCale
 :CALCulate:ADVanced:VOFFset

:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession <expression>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession?

Description
Set or query the expression of advanced operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<expression> ASCII string Refer to Explanation CH1+CH2

Explanation
Input valid expressions using the characters as shown in the figure below.
Note: The length of the expression should be no greater than 64 bytes.

Return Format
The query returns the current expression in string.

2-76 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:ADVanced:INVert

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADVanced:INVert <bool>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the advanced operation result; or query the current status of the
inverted display of the advanced operation result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-77

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable1
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable2

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable1 <numeric_value>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable1?
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable2 <numeric_value>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VARiable2?

Description
Set or query the variable1 in the advanced operation expression.
Set or query the variable2 in the advanced operation expression.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<numeric_value> Real Refer to Explanation 0

Explanation
 The format of <numeric_value> is AeB. The range of A (mantissa) is from -9.9999 to 9.9999 (the
minimum step is 0.0001; namely the number can contain at most 4 decimal places). B (exponent, its
base is 10) is an integer from -9 to 9. For example, 1.2037e5 denotes setting the viariable to
1.2037×105. <numeric_value> can also be expressed in decimal format; its range corresponds to
that in AeB format.
 This command sets the value of variable1 or variable2 which might be used in
the :CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession command.

Return Format
The query returns the value of variable1 or variable2 in the advanced operation expression in scientific
notation.

2-78 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALCulate:ADVanced:VSCale

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VSCale <numeric_value>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the advanced operation result. The unit is related to the advanced
operation expression.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The default range is from 0.02 to 500.
<numeric_value> Real The actual range is related to the advanced 2V
operation expression.
Note: For the advanced operation expression, refer to the :CALCulate:ADVanced:EXPRession command. The
expression might include CH1 or CH2; at this point, the actual range of <numeric_value> ia also related to the
channel vertical scale. For the channel vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the advanced operation result in scientific notation.

:CALCulate:ADVanced:VOFFset

Syntax
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VOFFset <offs>
:CALCulate:ADVanced:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the advanced operation result. The unit is related to the advanced
operation expression.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offs> Real (-40 x VScale) to (40 x VScale) 0
Note: For the VScale (the vertical scale of MATH), refer to the :CALCulate:ADVanced:VSCale command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the advanced operation result in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-79

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CALibrate Commands

 :CALibrate:DATE?
 :CALibrate:STARt
 :CALibrate:TIME?
 :CALibrate:QUIT

:CALibrate:DATE?

Syntax
:CALibrate:DATE?

Description
Query the date of the last calibration.

Return Format
The query returns the date in <year>,<month>,<day> format. Wherein, <day> and <month> are
double-digit figures, and <year> is a four-digit figure. For example, 2013,10,27.

:CALibrate:STARt

Syntax
:CALibrate:STARt

Description
The oscilloscope starts to execute self-calibration.

Explanation
 The self-calibration can make the oscilloscope quickly reach its optimum working state to obtain the
most accurate measurement values.
 The functions of most of the keys are disabled during the self-calibration.

2-80 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CALibrate:TIME?

Syntax
:CALibrate:TIME?

Description
Query the time of the last calibration.

Return Format
The query returns the time in <hours>,<minutes>,<seconds> format. Wherein, <hours>, <minutes>,
and <seconds> are all double-digit figures. For example, 15,19,25.

:CALibrate:QUIT

Syntax
:CALibrate:QUIT

Description
Exit the self-calibration at any time.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-81

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CHANnel<n> Commands

 :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
 :CHANnel<n>:COUPling
 :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay
 :CHANnel<n>:INVert
 :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
 :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
 :CHANnel<n>:SCALe
 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe
 :CHANnel<n>:UNITs
 :CHANnel<n>:VERNier
 :CHANnel<n>:TCAL

:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <type>
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?

Description
Set or query bandwidth limit of the specified analog channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<type> Discrete {20M|100M|OFF} OFF
Note: For 100MHz and 70MHz oscilloscopes, the bandwidth limit can only be 20MHz.

Return Format
The query returns 20M, 100M, or OFF.

2-82 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CHANnel<n>:COUPling

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling>
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling?

Description
Set or query the coupling mode of the specified analog channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<coupling> Discrete {AC|DC|GND} DC

Explanation
 AC: the DC components of the signal under test are blocked.
 DC: the DC and AC components of the signal under test can both pass the channel.
 GND: the DC and AC components of the signal under test are both blocked.

Return Format
The query returns AC, DC, or GND.

:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <bool>
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay?

Description
Enable or disable the specified analog channel; or query the current status of the specified analog
channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 1|ON

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-83

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CHANnel<n>:INVert

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:INVert <bool>
:CHANnel<n>:INVert?

Description
Enable or disable the inverted display of the specified analog channel; or query the current status of the
inverted display of the specified analog channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance>
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance?

Description
Set or query the input impedance of the specified analog channel. The default unit is Ω.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<type> Discrete {OMEG|FIFTy} OMEG

Explanation
OMEG: 1MΩ; FIFTy: 50Ω

Return Format
The query returns OMEG or FIFT.

2-84 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset>
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the specified analog channel. The default unit is V.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
When the input impedance is 50Ω and the
probe ratio is 1X:
500μV/div to 50mV/div: -2V to 2V
51mV/div to 200mV/div: -10V to 10V
205mV/div to 1V/div: -12V to 12V
CHANnel1: 2V
<offset> Real When the input impedance is 1MΩ and the
CHANnel2: -2V
probe ratio is 1X:
500μV/div to 50mV/div: -2V to 2V
51mV/div to 200mV/div: -10V to 10V
205mV/div to 2V/div: -50V to 50V
2.05V/div to 10V/div: -100V to 100V
Note: The range of the vertical offset is related to the vertical scale, probe ratio, and input impedance currently set.
For the vertical scale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the probe ratio, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command. For the input impedance, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the specified analog channel in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-85

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the specified analog channel. The default unit is V/div.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
When the input impedance is 50Ω
and the probe ratio is 1X:
500μV/div to 1V/div
<scale> Real 1V/div
When the input impedance is 1MΩ
and the probe ratio is 1X:
500μV/div to 10V/div
Note: The range of the vertical scale is related to the probe ratio and input impedance currently set. For the setting
of the probe ratio, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command. For the input impedance, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale of the specified analog channel in scientific notation.

2-86 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe <atten>
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe?

Description
Set or query the probe attenuation ratio of the specified analog channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
{0.01|0.02|0.05|0.1|0.2|0.5|1|2|5|10|20|
<atten> Discrete 1
50|100|200|500|1000}

Explanation
 After setting the probe ratio, multiply the sampled signal by the specified multiple, and then display
the result (the actual amplitude of the signal will not be affected).
 Setting the probe ratio affects the range of the vertical scale.

Return Format
The query returns the attenuation ratio currently set.

:CHANnel<n>:UNITs

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units>
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs?

Description
Set or query the amplitude display unit of the specified analog channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<units> Discrete {VOLTage|WATT|AMPere|UNKNown} VOLTage

Return Format
The query returns VOLT, WATT, AMP, or UNKN.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-87

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CHANnel<n>:VERNier

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier <bool>
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier?

Description
Enable or disable the fine adjustment function of the vertical scale of the specified analog channel; or
query the current status of the fine adjustment function of the vertical scale of the specified analog
channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
By default, the fine adjustment function is disabled. At this point, you can only set the vertical scale in
1-2-5 step; namely 500uV/div, 1mV/div, 2mV/div, 5mV/div, 10mV/div…10V/div. When the fine adjustment
function is enabled, you can further adjust the vertical scale within a relatively smaller range to improve
vertical resolution. If the amplitude of the input waveform is a little bit greater than the full scale under
the current scale, and the amplitude would be a little bit lower if the next scale is used, fine adjustment
can be used to improve the amplitude of waveform display to view signal details.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-88 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CHANnel<n>:TCAL

Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:TCAL <time>
:CHANnel<n>:TCAL?

Description
Set or query the delay calibration time of the specified analog channel. The default unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<time> Real -200ns to 200ns 0s
Note: When the horizontal timebase is greater than or equal to 10us, the delay calibration time cannot be adjusted.

Explanation
When you use an oscilloscope for actual measurement, the transmission delay of the probe cable may
bring relatively greater error (zero offset). Zero offset is defined as the offset of the crossing point of the
waveform and trigger level line relative to the trigger position, as shown in the figure below.

Return Format
The query returns the delay calibration time of the specified analog channel in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-89

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor Commands

 :CURSor:MODE
 :CURSor:MANual
 :CURSor:TRACk

:CURSor:MODE

Syntax
:CURSor:MODE <mode>
:CURSor:MODE?

Description
Set or query the cursor measurement mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {OFF|MANual|TRACk|AUTO|XY} OFF

Explanation
 OFF: disable the cursor measurement.
 MANual: enable the manual measurement with cursor.
 TRACk: enable the track measurement with cursor.
 AUTO: enable the auto measurement with cursor.
 XY: enable the X-Y cursor measurement. This mode is only valid when the horizontal time base mode
is X-Y (please refer to the :TIMebase:MODE command).

Return Format
The query returns OFF, MAN, TRAC, AUTO, or XY.

2-90 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:MANual

 :CURSor:MANual:TYPE
 :CURSor:MANual:SOURce
 :CURSor:MANual:TUNit
 :CURSor:MANual:VUNit
 :CURSor:MANual:CAX
 :CURSor:MANual:CBX
 :CURSor:MANual:CAY
 :CURSor:MANual:CBY
 :CURSor:MANual:AXValue?
 :CURSor:MANual:BXValue?
 :CURSor:MANual:AYValue?
 :CURSor:MANual:BYValue?
 :CURSor:MANual:XDELta?
 :CURSor:MANual:IXDelta?
 :CURSor:MANual:YDELta?

:CURSor:MANual:TYPE

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:TYPE <type>
:CURSor:MANual:TYPE?

Description
Set or query the cursor type of manual measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {TIME|AMPLitude} TIME

Explanation
 TIME: X cursors which are usually used to measure time parameters.
 AMPLitude: Y cursors which are usually used to measure voltage parameters.

Return Format
The query returns TIME or AMPL.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-91

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor:MANual:SOURce

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:SOURce <source>
:CURSor:MANual:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the channel source of manual measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH|LA|NONE} CHANnel1
Note: Only channels currently enabled can be selected as the channel source.

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, MATH, LA, or NONE.

:CURSor:MANual:TUNit

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:TUNit <unit>
:CURSor:MANual:TUNit?

Description
Set or query the horizontal unit in manual measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<unit> Discrete {SECond|HZ|PERCent|DEGRee} SECond

Explanation
 SECond: in the measurement results, A->X, B->X, and △X are in "s" and 1/△X is in "Hz".
 HZ: in the measurement results, A->X, B->X, and △X are in "Hz" and 1/△X is in "s".
 PERCent: in the measurement results, A->X, B->X, and △X are expressed in percentage.
 DEGRee: in the measurement results, A->X, B->X, and △X are in "°".

Return Format
The query returns SEC, HZ, PERC, or DEGR.

2-92 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:MANual:VUNit

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:VUNit <unit>
:CURSor:MANual:VUNit?

Description
Set or query vertical unit in manual measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<unit> Discrete {SUNit|PERCent} SUNit

Explanation
 SUNit: in the measurement results, the units of A->Y, B->Y, and △Y will be automatically set to the
unit of the current source.
 PERCent: in the measurement results, A->Y, B->Y, and △X are expressed in percentage.

Return Format
The query returns SUN or PERC.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-93

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor:MANual:CAX
:CURSor:MANual:CBX

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:CAX <ax>
:CURSor:MANual:CAX?
:CURSor:MANual:CBX <bx>
:CURSor:MANual:CBX?

Description
Set or query the horizontal position of cursor A (X cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.
Set or query the horizontal position of cursor B (X cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<ax> Integer 0 to 699 150
<bx> Integer 0 to 699 550

Explanation
The horizontal and vertical positions of the cursor are defined by the pixel coordinate of the screen. The
pixel coordinate of the screen ranges from (0,0) to (700,400). Wherein, (0,0) is located at the left top
corner of the screen and (700,400) is located at the right bottom corner of the screen. The horizontal
pixel range is from 0 to 699, and the vertical pixel range is from 0 to 399.

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 699.

2-94 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:MANual:CAY
:CURSor:MANual:CBY

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:CAY <ay>
:CURSor:MANual:CAY?
:CURSor:MANual:CBY <by>
:CURSor:MANual:CBY?

Description
Set or query the vertical position of cursor A (Y cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.
Set or query the vertical position of cursor B (Y cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<ay> Integer 0 to 399 100
<by> Integer 0 to 399 300

Explanation
 The horizontal and vertical positions of the cursor are defined by the pixel coordinate of the screen.
The pixel coordinate of the screen ranges from (0,0) to (700,400). Wherein, (0,0) is located at the
left top corner of the screen, and (700,400) is located at the right bottom corner of the screen. The
horizontal pixel range is from 0 to 699, and the vertical pixel range is from 0 to 399.
 When the measurement source is LA (:CURSor:MANual:SOURce), this command is invalid.

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 399.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-95

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor:MANual:AXValue?
:CURSor:MANual:BXValue?

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:AXValue?
:CURSor:MANual:BXValue?

Description
Query the X value at cursor A (X cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.
Query the X value at cursor B (X cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CAX command. The unit is
determined by the horizontal unit currently selected (refer to the :CURSor:MANual:TUNit command).
 For the horizontal position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CBX command. The unit is
determined by the horizontal unit currently selected (refer to the :CURSor:MANual:TUNit command).

Return Format
The query returns the X value at cursor A or cursor B in manual measurement with cursor in scientific
notation.

:CURSor:MANual:AYValue?
:CURSor:MANual:BYValue?

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:AYValue?
:CURSor:MANual:BYValue?

Description
Query the Y value at cursor A (Y cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.
Query the Y value at cursor B (Y cursor) in manual measurement with cursor.

Explanation
 For the vertical position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CAY command. The unit is
determined by the vertical unit currently selected (refer to the :CURSor:MANual:VUNit command).
 For the vertical position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CBY command. The unit is
determined by the vertical unit currently selected (refer to the :CURSor:MANual:VUNit command).

Return Format
The query returns the Y value at cursor A or cursor B in manual measurement with cursor in scientific
notation. When the current measurement source is LA (:CURSor:MANual:SOURce), the query returns a
decimal integer (corresponding to the sum of the binary wights of D15 to D0 at cursor A or cursor B; for
channel that is not turned on, the value is 0 by default).

2-96 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:MANual:XDELta?

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:XDELta?

Description
Query the difference △X between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in manual measurement with
cursor.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CAX command.
 For the horizontal position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CBX command.
 The unit is determined by the horizontal unit currently selected (refer to the :CURSor:MANual:TUNit
command).

Return Format
The query returns the difference △X between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in manual
measurement with cursor in scientific notation.

:CURSor:MANual:IXDelta?

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:IXDelta?

Description
Query the reciprocal (1/△X) of the difference between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in manual
measurement with cursor.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CAX command.
 For the horizontal position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CBX command.
 The unit is determined by the reciprocal of the horizontal unit currently selected (refer to
the :CURSor:MANual:TUNit command).

Return Format
The query returns the reciprocal (1/△X) of the difference between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in
manual measurement with cursor in scientific notation. When △X is 0s, the query returns 9.9E37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-97

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor:MANual:YDELta?

Syntax
:CURSor:MANual:YDELta?

Description
Query the difference △Y between the Y values at cursor A and cursor B in manual measurement with
cursor.

Explanation
 For the vertical position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CAY command.
 For the vertical position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:MANual:CBY command.
 The unit is determined by the vertical unit currently selected (refer to the :CURSor:MANual:VUNit
command).
 This command is invalid when the measurement source is LA (:CURSor:MANual:SOURce).

Return Format
The query returns the difference △Y between the Y values at cursor A and cursor B in manual
measurement with cursor in scientific notation. When the current measurement source is LA
(:CURSor:MANual:SOURce), the query returns 4294967295.

2-98 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:TRACk

 :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1
 :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2
 :CURSor:TRACk:CAX
 :CURSor:TRACk:CBX
 :CURSor:TRACk:CAY?
 :CURSor:TRACk:CBY?
 :CURSor:TRACk:AXValue?
 :CURSor:TRACk:AYValue?
 :CURSor:TRACk:BXValue?
 :CURSor:TRACk:BYValue?
 :CURSor:TRACk:XDELta?
 :CURSor:TRACk:YDELta?
 :CURSor:TRACk:IXDelta?

:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1 <source>
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1?
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2 <source>
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2?

Description
Set or query the channel source of cursor A in track measurement with cursor.
Set or query the channel source of cursor B in track measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH|NONE} CHANnel1
Note: Only channels currently enabled can be selected as the channel source.

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, MATH, or NONE.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-99

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor:TRACk:CAX
:CURSor:TRACk:CBX

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:CAX <ax>
:CURSor:TRACk:CAX?
:CURSor:TRACk:CBX <bx>
:CURSor:TRACk:CBX?

Description
Set or query the horizontal position of cursor A in track measurement with cursor.
Set or query the horizontal position of cursor B in track measurement with cursor.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<ax> Integer 0 to 699 150
<bx> Integer 0 to 699 550

Explanation
The horizontal and vertical positions of the cursor are defined by the pixel coordinate of the screen. The
pixel coordinate of the screen ranges from (0,0) to (700,400). Wherein, (0,0) is located at the left top
corner of the screen, and (700,400) is located at the right bottom corner of the screen. The horizontal
pixel range is from 0 to 699.

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 699.

:CURSor:TRACk:CAY?
:CURSor:TRACk:CBY?

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:CAY?
:CURSor:TRACk:CBY?

Description
Query the vertical position of cursor A in track measurement with cursor.
Query the vertical position of cursor B in track measurement with cursor.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical position of cursor A or cursor B in integer.

2-100 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:TRACk:AXValue?
:CURSor:TRACk:AYValue?

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:AXValue?
:CURSor:TRACk:AYValue?

Description
Query the X value at cursor A in track measurement with cursor.
Query the Y value at cursor A in track measurement with cursor.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CAX command.
 For the vertical position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CAY? command. The unit is
determined by the unit (refer to the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command) selected by the signal source
(refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1 command) of cursor A.

Return Format
The query returns the X or Y value at cursor A in track measurement with cursor in scientific notation.
When the Y value at cursor A exceeds the screen region, the :CURSor:TRACk:AYValue? command returns
9.9E37.

:CURSor:TRACk:BXValue?
:CURSor:TRACk:BYValue?

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:BXValue?
:CURSor:TRACk:BYValue?

Description
Query the X value at cursor B in track measurement with cursor.
Query the Y value at cursor B in track measurement with cursor.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CBX command.
 For the vertical position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CBY? command. The unit is
determined by the unit (refer to the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command) selected by the signal source
(refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2 command) of cursor B.

Return Format
The query returns the X or Y value at cursor B in track measurement with cursor in scientific notation.
When the Y value at cursor B exceeds the screen region, the :CURSor:TRACk:BYValue? command returns
9.9E37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-101

RIGOL 2 Command System

:CURSor:TRACk:XDELta?

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:XDELta?

Description
Query the difference △X between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in track measurement with cursor
and the unit is s.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CAX command.
 For the horizontal position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CBX command.

Return Format
The query returns the difference △X between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in track measurement
with cursor in scientific notation.

:CURSor:TRACk:YDELta?

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:YDELta?

Description
Query the difference △Y between the Y values at cursor A and cursor B in track measurement with cursor.

Explanation
 For the vertical position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CAY? command.
 For the vertical position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CBY? command.
 The unit is determined by the unit (refer to the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command) of the current signal
source.

Return Format
The query returns the difference △Y between the Y values at cursor A and cursor B in track measurement
with cursor in scientific notation. When the Y value at cursor A and/or cursor B exceeds the screen region,
the query returns 9.9e37.

2-102 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:CURSor:TRACk:IXDelta?

Syntax
:CURSor:TRACk:IXDelta?

Description
Query the reciprocal (1/△X) of the difference between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in track
measurement with cursor. The unit is Hz.

Explanation
 For the horizontal position of cursor A, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CAX command.
 For the horizontal position of cursor B, refer to the :CURSor:TRACk:CBX command.

Return Format
The query returns the reciprocal (1/△X) of the difference between the X values at cursor A and cursor B in
track measurement with cursor in scientific notation. When △X is 0s, the query returns 9.9E37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-103

RIGOL 2 Command System

:DISPlay Commands

 :DISPlay:CLEar
 :DISPlay:TYPE
 :DISPlay:GRADing:TIME
 :DISPlay:WBRightness
 :DISPlay:GRID
 :DISPlay:GBRightness
 :DISPlay:MPERsistence
 :DISPlay:DATA?

:DISPlay:CLEar

Syntax
:DISPlay:CLEar

Description
Clear all the waveforms on the screen. The function of this command is the same with that of CLEAR on
the front panel.

Explanation
 If the oscilloscope is in RUN state (refer to the :RUN command), new waveforms will still be
displayed.
 You can also use the :CLEar command to clear all the waveforms on the screen.

2-104 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:DISPlay:TYPE

Syntax
:DISPlay:TYPE <type>
:DISPlay:TYPE?

Description
Set or query the display type of the waveform on the screen.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {VECTors|DOTS} VECTors

Explanation
 VECTors: the sample points are connected by lines and displayed. Normally, this mode can provide
the most vivid waveform to view the steep edge of the waveform (such as square waveform).
 DOTS: display the sample points directly. You can directly view each sample point and use the cursor
to measure the X and Y values of the sample point.

Return Format
The query returns VECT or DOTS.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-105

RIGOL 2 Command System

:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME

Syntax
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME <time>
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME?

Description
Set or query the persistence time and the unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<time> Discrete {MIN|0.05|0.1|0.2|0.5|1|2|5|10|20|INFinite} MIN

Explanation
 MIN: set the persistence time to its minimum to view the waveform changing in high refresh rate.
 Specific Values: a certain value between 0.05s and 20s, enable to observe glitch that changes
relatively slowly or glitch with low occurrence probability.
 INFinite: in this mode, the oscilloscope displays the newly acquired waveform without clearing the
waveform formerly acquired. Enable to measure noise and jitter as well as capture incidental events.

Return Format
The query returns the persistence time set.

:DISPlay:WBRightness

Syntax
:DISPlay:WBRightness <time>
:DISPlay:WBRightness?

Description
Set or query the waveform brightness and the unit is %.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<time> Integer 0 to 100 50

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 100.

2-106 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:DISPlay:GRID

Syntax
:DISPlay:GRID <grid>
:DISPlay:GRID?

Description
Set or query the grid type of screen display.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<grid> Discrete {FULL|HALF|NONE} FULL

Explanation
 FULL: turn the background grid and coordinate on.
 HALF: turn the background grid off and coordinate on.
 NONE: turn the background grid and coordinate off.

Return Format
The query returns FULL, HALF, or NONE.

:DISPlay:GBRightness

Syntax
:DISPlay:GBRightness <brightness>
:DISPlay:GBRightness?

Description
Set or query the brightness of the screen grid and the unit is %.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<brightness> Integer 0 to 100 50

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 0 and 100.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-107

RIGOL 2 Command System

:DISPlay:MPERsistence

Syntax
:DISPlay:MPERsistence <time>
:DISPlay:MPERsistence?

Description
Set or query the menu display time and the unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<time> Discrete {1|2|5|10|20|INFinite} INFinite

Return Format
The query returns the menu display time set.

2-108 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:DISPlay:DATA?

Syntax
:DISPlay:DATA?

Description
Read the bitmap data stream of the image currently displayed.

Explanation
The command is sent from the PC to the instrument through the VISA interface. The instrument responds
to the command, and directly returns the bitmap data stream of the image currently displayed to the
buffer area of the PC.

Return Format
Th format of the bitmap data stream:
Component TMC Blockheader BMP Data
[1]
Size (length) N +2 800 x 480 x 3 + 54 = 1152054[2]
Example #9001152054 BM...
TMC Blockheader ::= #NX…X is used to describe
the length of the data stream. Wherein, # is the
start denoter of the data stream; N is less than or
equal to 9 and the N figures following it denotes
Explanation Specific bitmap data.
the length of the data stream in bytes. For
example, #9001152054; wherein, N is 9 and
001152054 denotes that the data stream contains
1152054 bytes of effective data.
[1]
Note : N is the width used to describe the data length in the TMC header. For example, #9001152054.
[2]
Note : The width is 800, the height is 480, the bit depth is 24Bit=3Byte, 54 is the size of the bitmap file header.

Example
1. Make sure that the buffer is large enough to receive the data stream; otherwise the program might
be abnormal when reading the data stream.
2. The returned data stream contains TMC data header, and you need to remove the data header to
make the data stream a standard bitmap data stream.
3. When the data size is larger than 1 M, and the communication speed of the interface is not fast
enough, you need to set an appropriate timeout time
4. The terminator '\n'(0X0A) at the end of the data should be removed.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-109

RIGOL 2 Command System

Sending:

Reading:

2-110 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion Commands

 :FUNCtion:WRMode
 :FUNCtion:WRECord
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze

:FUNCtion:WRMode

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WRMode <mode>
:FUNCtion:WRMode?

Description
Set or query the mode of waveform record.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {OFF|RECord|PLAY|KEEP|ANALyze} OFF

Explanation
 RECord: recording mode;
PLAY: playback mode;
KEEP: constant on mode;
ANALyze: analysis mode.
 PLAY and ANALyze are only available when the waveform recording is finished.

Return Format
The query returns OFF, REC, PLAY, KEEP, or ANAL.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-111

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WRECord

 :FUNCtion:WRECord:FEND
 :FUNCtion:WRECord:FMAX?
 :FUNCtion:WRECord:INTerval
 :FUNCtion:WRECord:OPERate

:FUNCtion:WRECord:FEND

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WRECord:FEND <frame>
:FUNCtion:WRECord:FEND?

Description
Set or query the end frame of waveform record.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
1 to the maximum number of frames that
<frame> Integer 4064
can be recorded currently

Explanation
You can use the :FUNCtion:WRECord:FMAX? command to query the maximum number of frames that can
be recorded currently.

Return Format
The query returns the end frame of waveform record in integer.

2-112 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WRECord:FMAX?

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WRECord:FMAX?

Description
Query the maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently.

Explanation
 The maximum number of frames that can be recorded refers to the maximum end frame of
waveform recording that can be set (please refer to the :FUNCtion:WRECord:FEND command).
 The maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently is related to the memory depth of
the oscilloscope.

Return Format
The query returns the maximum number of frames that can be recorded in integer.

:FUNCtion:WRECord:INTerval

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WRECord:INTerval <interval>
:FUNCtion:WRECord:INTerval?

Description
Set or query the time interval between frames in waveform recording, and the unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<interval> Real 100ns to 10s 100ns

Return Format
The query returns the time interval between frames in waveform recording in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-113

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WRECord:OPERate

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WRECord:OPERate <oper>
:FUNCtion:WRECord:OPERate?

Description
Start or stop the waveform recording; or query the current status of the waveform recording.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<oper> Discrete {RECord|STOP} STOP

Return Format
The query returns REC or STOP.

2-114 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WREPlay

 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:MODE
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:INTerval
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FSTart
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FCURrent
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FEND
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX?
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:OPERate
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:TTAG
 :FUNCtion:WREPlay:CTAG?

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:MODE

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:MODE <mode>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:MODE?

Description
Set or query the mode of waveform playback.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {REPeat|SINGle} SINGle

Explanation
 REPeat: cycle playback. Play from the start frame to the end frame, and then repeat until you stop it.
 SINGle: single playback. Play from the start frame to the end frame, and then stop.

Return Format
The query returns REP or SING.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-115

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:INTerval

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:INTerval <interval>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:INTerval?

Description
Set or query the time interval in waveform playback, and the unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<interval> Real 100ns to 10s 100ns

Return Format
The query returns the time interval in waveform playback in scientific notation.

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FSTart

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FSTart <frame>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FSTart?

Description
Set or query the start frame of waveform playback.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<frame> Integer 1 to the number of frames recorded 1

Explanation
 For the number of frames recorded, please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX? command.
 The start frame of waveform playback should be lower than or equal to the end frame of waveform
playback (please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FEND command).

Return Format
The query returns the start frame of waveform playback in integer.

2-116 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FCURrent

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FCURrent <frame>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FCURrent?

Description
Set or query the current frame in waveform playback.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<frame> Integer 1 to the number of frames recorded The number of frames recorded

Explanation
 For the number of frames recorded, please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX? command.
 The current frame of waveform playback should be greater than or equal to the start frame of
wavefrom playback (please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FSTart command), and lower than or
equal to the end frame of waveform playback (please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FEND
command).

Return Format
The query returns the current frame in waveform playback in integer.

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FEND

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FEND <frame>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FEND?

Description
Set or query the end frame of waveform playback.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<frame> Integer 1 to the number of frames recorded The number of frames recorded

Explanation
 For the number of frames recorded, please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX? command.
 The end frame of waveform playback should be greater than or equal to the start frame of waveform
playback (please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FSTart command).

Return Format
The query returns the end frame of waveform playback in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-117

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX?

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX?

Description
Query the maximum end frame (namely the maximum number of frames of waveform recorded) in
waveform playback.

Return Format
The query returns the maximum end frame in waveform playback in integer.

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:OPERate

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:OPERate <oper>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:OPERate?

Description
Execute waveform playback; stop or pause waveform playback; or query the current status of waveform
playback.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<oper> Discrete {PLAY|STOP|PAUSe} STOP

Return Format
The query returns PLAY, STOP, or PAUS.

2-118 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:TTAG

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:TTAG <bool>
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:TTAG?

Description
Enable or disable the time tag in waveform playback; or query the current status of the time tag in
waveform playback.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:FUNCtion:WREPlay:CTAG?

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WREPlay:CTAG?

Description
Query the record time difference of the waveform currently displayed relative to the first frame of
waveform.

Return Format
The query returns the record time difference in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-119

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WANalyze

 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:MODE
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SOURce
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:FCURrent
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:TDISp
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSTart
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSENd
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SFRame
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:EFRame
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:THReshold
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:XMASk
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:YMASk
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:STEMplate
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:CMASk
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:STARt
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:CANCel
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:PREVious
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:NEXT
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:EFCount?
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECURrent
 :FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECDiff?

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:MODE

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:MODE <mode>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:MODE?

Description
Set or query the mode of waveform analysis.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {TRACe|MASK} TRACe

Explanation
 TRACe: trace mode. Analyze on the basis of the template selected by users.
 MASK: pass/fail test. Analyze on the basis of the pass/fail test mask created by users.

Return Format
The query returns TRAC or MASK.

2-120 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SOURce

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SOURce <sour>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the channel source for the waveform analysis.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<sour> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1
Note: Only channel currently enabled can be selected as the channel source.

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:FCURrent

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:FCURrent <NR1>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:FCURrent?

Description
Set or query the current frame of waveform analysis.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR1> Integer 1 to the number of frames recorded 1

Explanation
For the number of frames recorded, please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX? command.

Return Format
The query returns the current frame of waveform analysis in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-121

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:TDISp

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:TDISp <bool>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:TDISp?

Description
Enable or disable the template display; or query the current status of template display.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 1|ON

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSTart
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSENd

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSTart <start>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSTart?
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSENd <end>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SSENd?

Description
Set or query the screen start point in waveform analysis.
Set or query the screen end point in waveform analysis.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<start> Integer 5 to 685 5
<end> Integer 15 to 695 695

Explanation
 The screen start point set should be less than the "screen end-10".
 The screen end point set should be greater than the "screen start+10".

Return Format
The query returns the screen start point or end point in waveform analysis in integer.

2-122 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SFRame
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:EFRame

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SFRame <sframe>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:SFRame?
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:EFRame <eframe>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:EFRame?

Description
Set or query the start frame of waveform analysis.
Set or query the end frame of waveform analysis.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<sframe> Integer 1 to the number of frames recorded 1
<eframe> Integer 1 to the number of frames recorded The number of frames recorded

Explanation
 The commands are only valid when the waveform recording is finished.
 For the number of frames recorded, please refer to the :FUNCtion:WREPlay:FMAX? command.
 The start frame (end frame) of waveform analysis should be lower than or equal to (greater than or
equal to) the end frame (start frame) of waveform analysis.

Return Format
The query returns the start frame or end frame of waveform analysis in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-123

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:THReshold

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:THReshold <NR1>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the threshold of waveform analysis, and the unit is %.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR1> Integer 1 to 99 10

Explanation
The threshold is used to judge whether the data frame is an error frame. The data frame will be judged as
an error frame if the (relative) difference between it and the template is greater than or equal to the
threshold currently set.

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 1 and 99.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:XMASk
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:YMASk

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:XMASk <x>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:XMASk?
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:YMASk <y>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:YMASk?

Description
Set or query the horizontal adjustment parameter in analysis based on the pass/fail mask, and the unit is
div.
Set or query the vertical adjustment parameter in analysis based on the pass/fail mask, and the unit is
div.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<x> Real 0.02 to 4, the step is 0.02 0.24
<y> Real 0.04 to 5.12, the step is 0.04 0.48

Return Format
The query returns the horizontal or vertical adjustment parameter in analysis based on the pass/fail mask
in scientific notation.

2-124 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:STEMplate

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:STEMplate

Description
Set the waveform analysis template when the analysis mode is trace.

Explanation
After the analysis starts, the oscilloscope compares each frame of data measured with the data in the
template to determine whether error frame exists according to the threshold set.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:CMASk

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:CMASk

Description
Apply the mask currently created.

Explanation
 For the setting of the horizontal adjustment parameter, refer to
the :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:XMASk command.
 For the setting of the vertical adjustment parameter, refer to the :FUNCtion:WANalyze:SETup:YMASk
command.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:STARt

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:STARt

Description
Start the waveform analysis.

Explanation
During the analysis process, the progress bar is displayed, and the parameters cannot be modified. After
the analysis finishes, the analysis results of "Error Frames", "Current Error", and "CurFrame Diff" are
displayed; at the same time, the first error frame is located.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-125

RIGOL 2 Command System

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:CANCel

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:CANCel

Description
Give up the waveform analysis.

Explanation
After stopping the waveform analysis, you can use the :FUNCtion:WANalyze:STARt command to restart
the waveform analysis.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:PREVious

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:PREVious

Description
Locate the error frame previous to the current error frame.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:NEXT

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:NEXT

Description
Locate the error frame next to the current error frame.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:EFCount?

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:EFCount?

Description
Query the total number of error frames discovered in the current analysis.

Explanation
The number of error frames is related to the error frame threshold currently set.

Return Format
The query returns the total number of error frames in integer.

2-126 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECURrent

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECURrent <NR1>
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECURrent?

Description
Set or query the number of the current error frame.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR1> Integer 1 to the total number of error frames --

Return Format
The query returns the number of the current error frame in integer.

:FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECDiff?

Syntax
:FUNCtion:WANalyze:ECDiff?

Description
Query the current frame difference.

Explanation
 During the analysis based on trace, the oscilloscope compares each frame with the templet to
compute the difference value and normalizes each value using the maximum one; then, compares
the normalized value of each frame with the threshold selected to judge whether the frame is an
error frame. "CurFrame Diff" (relative difference) is the normalized value of the difference between
the current frame and templet.
 During the analysis based on pass/fail mask, the oscilloscope compares each frame with the mask to
compute the difference value, and recognizes the frame whose difference value is equal to or larger
than the threshold selected as an error frame, and the corresponding "CurFrame Diff" is 100%;
otherwise, the frame is juged as correct, and the "CurFrame Diff" is 0%.
Note: There are only two "CurFrame Diff" values (100% and 0%) under the analysis based on
pass/fail mask.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-127

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LA Commands (For MSO2000A/MSO2000A-S)

 :LA:STATe
 :LA:ACTive
 :LA:DISPlay
 :LA:AUTosort
 :LA:DELete
 :LA:SIZE
 :LA:DIGital<n>:DISPlay
 :LA:DIGital<n>:POSition
 :LA:DIGital<n>:LABel
 :LA:POD<n>:DISPlay
 :LA:POD<n>:THReshold
 :LA:GROup<n>:APPend
 :LA:BUS<n>:CURRent
 :LA:BUS<n>:DISPlay
 :LA:BUS<n>:CHANnel
 :LA:BUS<n>:FORMat

:LA:STATe

Syntax
:LA:STATe <bool>
:LA:STATe?

Description
Enable or disable the LA function; or query the status of the LA function.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-128 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LA:ACTive

Syntax
:LA:ACTive {<digital>|<group>|NONE}
:LA:ACTive?

Description
Set or query the current active channel or channel group.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|
<digital> Discrete D0
D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}
<group> Discrete {GROup1|GROup2|GROup3|GROup4} --

Explanation
 <digital> is used to select any of channels D0-D15. The channel label and waveform corresponding
to the channel selected are displayed in red.
 <group> is used to select any of user-defined channel groups (GROup1-GROup4). All the channel
labels of the channels in the channel group selected are displayed in red, and the waveform of the
first channel in this channel group is displayed in red. You can use the :LA:GROup<n>:APPend
command to add digital channels into the 4 user-defined digital channel groups.
 When none is sent, no channel/group will be selected.
 Only channels or user-defined channel groups currently turned on can be selected. Please refer to
the :LA:DIGital<n>:DISPlay or :LA:DISPlay command to turn on the desired channel or channel
group.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, GRO1, GRO2,
GRO3, GRO4, or NONE.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-129

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LA:DISPlay

Syntax
:LA:DISPlay {<digital>|<group>|<pod>},<bool>
:LA:DISPlay? {<digital>|<group>|<pod>}

Description
Turn on or off the specified digital channel, user-defined channel group or default channel group; or
query the status of the specified digital channel or channel group.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|
<digital> Discrete --
D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}
<group> Discrete {GROup1|GROup2|GROup3|GROup4} --
<pod> Discrete {POD1|POD2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
 <group> denotes the user-defined channel groups. You can use the :LA:GROup<n>:APPend
command to add digital channels into the 4 user-defined digital channel groups.
 <pod> denotes the default channel groups: POD1 (D0~D7) and POD2 (D8~D15).
 You can use the :LA:ACTive command to set the digital channels or user-defined channel groups
currently turn on as the active channel or channel group.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:LA:AUTosort

Syntax
:LA:AUTosort <n>

Description
Digital channel auto ordering mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {0|1} 1

Explanation
 <n>=0: digital channel waveforms on the screen are D015-D0 from top to bottom
 <n>=1: digital channel waveforms on the screen are D0-D15 from top to bottom

2-130 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LA:DELete

Syntax
:LA:DELete {<digital>|<group>}

Description
Undo the grouping setting of any of the 16 digital channels; or undo the channel setting of any of GROup1
to GROup4.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|
<digital> Discrete --
D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}
<group> Discrete {GROup1|GROup2|GROup3|GROup4} --

Explanation
 This command is only applicable to grouped channels or channel groups that contains channels.
 You can use the :LA:GROup<n>:APPend command to add digital channels into the 4 user-defined
digital channel groups. A digital channel can only be added into a single channel group.

:LA:SIZE

Syntax
:LA:SIZE <size>
:LA:SIZE?

Description
Set or query the display size of the digital channel waveforms.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<size> Discrete SMALl|LARGe|MEDium MEDium

Explanation
 The LARGe display mode is only available when the number of digital channels currently turned on is
no more than 8.
 When split display is enabled (such as delay sweep and FFT), the SMALl display mode is not
available.

Return Format
The query returns SMAL, LARG, or MED.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-131

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LA:DIGital<n>:DISPlay

Syntax
:LA:DIGital<n>:DISPlay <bool>
:LA:DIGital<n>:DISPlay?

Description
Turn on or off the specified digital channel; or query the status of the specified digital channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
You can set the channels or user-defined channel groups currently turned on as the active channel or
channel group using the :LA:ACTive command.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:LA:DIGital<n>:POSition

Syntax
:LA:DIGital<n>:POSition <position>
:LA:DIGital<n>:POSition?

Description
Set or query the display position of the specified digital channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15} --
When the waveform display mode is SMALl or MEDium: 0 to 15
<position> Integer --
When the waveform display mode is LARGe: 0 to 7

Explanation
For the waveform display size, refer to the :LA:SIZE command.

Return Format
The query returns an integer from 0 to 15 or from 0 to 7.

2-132 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LA:DIGital<n>:LABel

Syntax
:LA:DIGital<n>:LABel <label>
:LA:DIGital<n>:LABel?

Description
Set or query the label of the specified digital channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15} --
It can include English uppercase letters (A to Z) and
<label> ASCII string numbers (0 to 9). --
It cannot exceed 4 characters.

Return Format
The query returns the label of the specified digital channel in ASCII string. If the current channel has no
label, the query returns "No Label!".

:LA:POD<n>:DISPlay

Syntax
:LA:POD<n>:DISPlay <bool>
:LA:POD<n>:DISPlay?

Description
Turn on or off the specified default channel group; or query the status of the specified default channel
group.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-133

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LA:POD<n>:THReshold

Syntax
:LA:POD<n>:THReshold <threshold>
:LA:POD<n>:THReshold?

Description
Set or query the threshold of the specified default channel group. The default unit is V.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} --
<threshold> Real -20.0V to +20.0V 1.4V

Return Format
The query returns the threshold of the specified default channel group in scientific notation.

:LA:GROup<n>:APPend

Syntax
:LA:GROup<n>:APPend <digital>[,<digital>[,<digital>]...]

Description
Add channels into the specified user-defined channel group.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4} --
<digital> Discrete {D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} --

2-134 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LA:BUS<n>:CURRent

Syntax
:LA:BUS<n>:CURRent
:LA:BUS<n>:CURRent?

Description
Set the specified digital bus as the current bus; or query whether the specified digital bus is the current
bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Integer {1|2} --

Return Format
The query returns TURE or FALSE.

:LA:BUS<n>:DISPlay

Syntax
:LA:BUS<n>:DISPlay <bool>
:LA:BUS<n>:DISPlay?

Description
Turn on or off the specified digital bus; or query whether the specified digital bus is turned on.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Integer {1|2} --
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-135

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LA:BUS<n>:CHANnel

Syntax
:LA:BUS<n>:CHANnel <channel>
:LA:BUS<n>:CHANnel?

Description
Set or query the channels of the specified digital bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Integer {1|2} --
BUS1: L
<channel> Discrete {L|H|HL}
BUS2: H

Explanation
 L: the channels of the digital bus are D7-D0;
 H: the channels of the digital bus are D15-D8;
 HL: the channels of the digital bus are D15-D0.

Return Format
The query returns L, H, or HL.

:LA:BUS<n>:FORMat

Syntax
:LA:BUS<n>:FORMat <format>
:LA:BUS<n>:FORMat?

Description
Set or query the display format of the specified digital bus.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Integer {1|2} --
<format> Discrete {HEX|DECimal|BINary|ASCii} HEX

Explanation
 HEX: hexadecimal;
 DECimal: decimal;
 BINary: binary;
 ASCii: ASCII.

Return Format
The query returns HEX, DEC, BIN, or ASC.

2-136 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LAN Commands

 :LAN:DHCP
 :LAN:AUToip
 :LAN:GATeway
 :LAN:DNS
 :LAN:MAC?
 :LAN:MANual
 :LAN:INITiate
 :LAN:IPADdress
 :LAN:SMASk
 :LAN:STATus?
 :LAN:VISA?
 :LAN:APPLy

:LAN:DHCP

Syntax
:LAN:DHCP <bool>
:LAN:DHCP?

Description
Enable or disable the DHCP configuration mode; or query the current status of the DHCP configuration
mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 1|ON

Explanation
 When the three IP configuration types are all turned on, the priority of the parameter configuration
from high to low is "DHCP", "Auto IP", and "Static IP". The three IP configuration types cannot be all
turned off at the same time.
 When the DHCP configuration mode is valid, the DHCP server in the current network will assign the
network parameters (such as the IP address) for the oscilloscope.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-137

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LAN:AUToip

Syntax
:LAN:AUToip <bool>
:LAN:AUToip?

Description
Enable or disable the auto IP configuration mode; or query the current status of the auto IP configuration
mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 1|ON

Explanation
 When the three IP configuration types are all turned on, the priority of the parameter configuration
from high to low is "DHCP", "Auto IP", and "Static IP". The three IP configuration types cannot be all
turned off at the same time.
 When the Auto IP configuration mode is valid, disable DHCP manually, and users can set the gateway
and DNS server address of the oscilloscope.
 For the setting of the gateway, refer to the :LAN:GATeway command. For the setting of the DNS
server, refer to the :LAN:DNS command.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-138 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LAN:GATeway

Syntax
:LAN:GATeway <string>
:LAN:GATeway?

Description
Set or query the gateway.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<string> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 The format of <string> is nnn,nnn,nnn,nnn. Wherein, the range of the first nnn is from 0 to 223
(except 127), and the ranges of the other three nnn are from 0 to 255.
 When you use this command, the IP configuration mode should be Auto IP (refer to the :LAN:AUToip
command) or Static IP (refer to the :LAN:MANual command).

Return Format
The query returns the current gateway in string.

:LAN:DNS

Syntax
:LAN:DNS <string>
:LAN:DNS?

Description
Set or query the DNS address.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<string> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 The format of <string> is nnn,nnn,nnn,nnn. Wherein, the range of the first nnn is from 0 to 223
(except 127), and the ranges of the other three nnn are from 0 to 255.
 When you use this command, the IP configuration mode should be Auto IP (refer to the :LAN:AUToip
command) or Static IP (refer to the :LAN:MANual command).

Return Format
The query returns the current DNS address in string.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-139

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LAN:MAC?

Syntax
:LAN:MAC?

Description
Query the MAC address of the instrument. This address is displayed on the oscilloscope in
"00-19-AF-30-00-00" format.

Return Format
The query returns the MAC address in string. For example, 0019af300000.

:LAN:MANual

Syntax
:LAN:MANual <bool>
:LAN:MANual?

Description
Enable or disable the static IP configuration mode; or query the current status of the static IP
configuration mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
 When the three IP configuration types are all turned on, the priority of the parameter configuration
from high to low is "DHCP", "Auto IP", and "Static IP". The three IP configuration types cannot be all
turned off at the same time.
 When the static IP configuration mode is valid, disable DHCP and Auto IP manually, and users can set
the network parameters such as the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS. For the setting of the
IP address, refer to the :LAN:IPADdress command. For the setting of the subnet mask, refer to
the :LAN:SMASk command. For the setting of the gateway, refer to the :LAN:GATeway command. For
the setting of DNS, refer to the :LAN:DNS command.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-140 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LAN:INITiate

Syntax
:LAN:INITiate

Description
Initialize the network parameters. Before using this command, make sure that the oscilloscope has been
connected to the network correctly.

:LAN:IPADdress

Syntax
:LAN:IPADdress <string>
:LAN:IPADdress?

Description
Set or query the IP address of the instrument.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<string> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 The format of <string> is nnn,nnn,nnn,nnn. Wherein, the range of the first nnn is from 0 to 223
(except 127), and the ranges of the other three nnn are from 0 to 255.
 When you use this command, the IP configuration mode should be Static IP mode (refer to
the :LAN:MANual command), and DHCP and Auto IP are disabled.

Return Format
The query returns the current IP address in string.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-141

RIGOL 2 Command System

:LAN:SMASk

Syntax
:LAN:SMASk <string>
:LAN:SMASk?

Description
Set or query the subnet mask.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<string> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 The format of <string> is nnn,nnn,nnn,nnn. Wherein, the range of the nnn is from 0 to 255.
 When you use this command, the IP configuration mode should be Static IP (refer to
the :LAN:MANual command), and the DHCP and Auto IP are disabled.

Return Format
The query returns the current subnet mask in string.

:LAN:STATus?

Syntax
:LAN:STATus?

Description
Query the current status of the network configuration.

Return Format
The query returns UNLINK, INIT, IPCONFLICT, CONFIGURED, or DHCPFAILED.
UNLINK: the network is not connected.
INIT: the IP address is being acquired.
IPCONFLICT: the IP address conflicts with each other.
CONFIGURED: the network configuration succeeds.
DHCPFAILED: the DHCP configuration fails.

2-142 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:LAN:VISA?

Syntax
:LAN:VISA?

Description
Query the VISA address of the instrument.

Return Format
The query returns the VISA address in string. For example, TCPIP::172.16.3.119::INSTR.

:LAN:APPLy

Syntax
:LAN:APPLy

Description
Apply the network configuration.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-143

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MASK Commands

 :MASK:ENABle
 :MASK:SOURce
 :MASK:OPERate
 :MASK:MDISplay
 :MASK:SOOutput
 :MASK:OUTPut
 :MASK:X
 :MASK:Y
 :MASK:CREate
 :MASK:PASSed?
 :MASK:FAILed?
 :MASK:TOTal?
 :MASK:RESet
 :MASK:DATA

:MASK:ENABle

Syntax
:MASK:ENABle <bool>
:MASK:ENABle?

Description
Enable or disable the pass/fail test function; or query the current status of the pass/fail test function.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
In the following states, the pass/fail test function cannot be enabled, and this command is invalid.
 In the X-Y time base mode
 In the ROLL time base mode
 In the Y-T time base mode, when the horizontal time base is set to 200ms/div or slower, and the
instrument enters the slow sweep mode
 When the waveform recording is enabled
 When no analog channel (CH1 or CH2) is enabled

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-144 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MASK:SOURce

Syntax
:MASK:SOURce <source>
:MASK:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the measurement source of the pass/fail test.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Explanation
Only the channel enabled can be selected as the measurement source of the pass/fail test.

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

:MASK:OPERate

Syntax
:MASK:OPERate <oper>
:MASK:OPERate?

Description
Run or stop the pass/fail test; or query the current status of the pass/fail test.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<oper> Discrete {RUN|STOP} STOP

Explanation
Before executing this command, use the :MASK:ENABle command to enable the pass/fail test.

Return Format
The query returns RUN or STOP.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-145

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MASK:MDISplay

Syntax
:MASK:MDISplay <bool>
:MASK:MDISplay?

Description
When the pass/fail test is enabled, enable or disable the message display; or query the current status of
the message display.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
To enable the message display, first use the :MASK:ENABle command to enable the pass/fail test.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:MASK:SOOutput

Syntax
:MASK:SOOutput <bool>
:MASK:SOOutput?

Description
Enable or disable the "Stop On Fail" function; or query the current status of the "Stop On Fail" function.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
 ON: when failed waveform is detected, the oscilloscope stops the test and enters the "STOP" state.
At this point, the results of the last statistic are displayed on the screen (if display is enabled) and
only a single pulse is output from the [Trigger Out] (if enabled) on the rear panel.
 OFF: the oscilloscope continues with the test even when failed waveform is detected. The test results
on the screen will update continuously and a pulse is output from [Trigger Out] on the rear panel
each time a failed waveform is detected.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-146 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MASK:OUTPut

Syntax
:MASK:OUTPut <type>
:MASK:OUTPut?

Description
Set or query the output mode when the test fails.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {FAIL|FSOund} FAIL

Explanation
 FAIL: when a failed waveform is detected, the oscilloscope displays the statistic results and outputs a
pulse; but the beeper does not sound.
 FSOund: when a failed waveform is detected, the oscilloscope displays the statistic results and
outputs a pulse; while at the same time, the beeper sounds (not related to the on/off state of the
sound).

Return Format
The query returns FAIL or FSO.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-147

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MASK:X

:MASK:Y

Syntax
:MASK:X <x>
:MASK:X?
:MASK:Y <y>
:MASK:Y?

Description
Set or query the horizontal adjustment parameter of the pass/fail test mask, and the unit is div.
Set or query the vertical adjustment parameter of the pass/fail test mask, and the unit is div.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<x> Real 0.02 to 4, the step is 0.02 0.24
<y> Real 0.04 to 5.12, the step is 0.04 0.48

Return Format
The query returns the horizontal or vertical adjustment parameter of the pass/fail test mask in scientific
notation.

:MASK:CREate

Syntax
:MASK:CREate

Description
Create the mask of the pass/fail test using the horizontal adjustment parameter and the vertical
adjustment parameter currently set.

Explanation
 This command is valid only when the pass/fail test function is enabled (:MASK:ENABle) and is in
running state (:MASK:OPERate).
 For the setting of the horizontal adjustment parameter, refer to the :MASK:X command. For the
setting of the vertical adjustment parameter, refer to the :MASK:Y command.

2-148 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MASK:PASSed?

Syntax
:MASK:PASSed?

Description
Query the number of frames that pass the pass/fail test.

Return Format
The query returns the number of frames that pass the pass/fail test in integer.

:MASK:FAILed?

Syntax
:MASK:FAILed?

Description
Query the number of failed frames in the pass/fail test.

Return Format
The query returns the number of failed frames in the pass/fail test in integer.

:MASK:TOTal?

Syntax
:MASK:TOTal?

Description
Query the total number of frames of the pass/fail test.

Return Format
The query returns the total number of frames of the pass/fail test in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-149

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MASK:RESet

Syntax
:MASK:RESet

Description
Reset the number of passed frames, the number of failed frames and the total number of frames.

Explanation
 After this command is sent, the number of passed frames, the number of failed frames and the total
number of frames are all set to 0.
 To query the number of passed frames, refer to the :MASK:PASSed? command.
 To query the number of failed frames, refer to the :MASK:FAILed? command.
 To query the total number of frames of the test, refer to the :MASK:TOTal? command.

:MASK:DATA

Syntax
:MASK:DATA <mask>
:MASK:DATA?

Description
Send or read the mask of the pass/fail test.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mask> Refer to Explanation

Explanation
 <mask> is binary data block. Directly place the data stream behind the command string to finish the
sending in one operation.
 Make sure that the buffer is large enough to receive the data stream; otherwise the program might
be abnormal when reading the data.

Return Format
The data returned consists of two parts (the TMC data description header and the MASK data). The
format of the TMC data description header is #NX…X; wherein, # is the denoter, N is less than or equal to
9 and the N figures following it denotes the length of the data stream in bytes. For example,
#9000001408; wherein, N is 9, and 000001408 denotes that the data strem contains 1408 bytes of
effective data. The MASK data is denoted in ASCII format.

2-150 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure Commands

 :MEASure:SOURce
 :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce
 :MEASure:COUNter:VALue?
 :MEASure:CLEar
 :MEASure:RECover
 :MEASure:ADISplay
 :MEASure:AMSource
 :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
 :MEASure:STATistic:MODE
 :MEASure:STATistic:RESet
 :MEASure:SETup:TYPE
 :MEASure:SETup:MAX
 :MEASure:SETup:MID
 :MEASure:SETup:MIN
 :MEASure:SETup:PSA
 :MEASure:SETup:PSB
 :MEASure:SETup:DSA
 :MEASure:SETup:DSB
 :MEASure:AREA
 :MEASure:CREGion:CAX
 :MEASure:CREGion:CBX
 :MEASure:HISTory:DISPlay
 :MEASure:HISTory:DMODe
 :MEASure:FDELay
 :MEASure:F2RDelay
 :MEASure:FPHase
 :MEASure:F2RPhase
 :MEASure:FREQuency
 :MEASure:FTIMe
 :MEASure:NDUTy
 :MEASure:NWIDth
 :MEASure:OVERshoot
 :MEASure:PDUTy
 :MEASure:PERiod
 :MEASure:PREShoot
 :MEASure:PWIDth
 :MEASure:RTIMe
 :MEASure:RDELay
 :MEASure:R2FDelay
 :MEASure:RPHase
 :MEASure:R2FPhase

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-151

RIGOL 2 Command System

 :MEASure:VAMP
 :MEASure:VAVG
 :MEASure:VBASe
 :MEASure:VMAX
 :MEASure:VMIN
 :MEASure:VPP
 :MEASure:VRMS
 :MEASure:PVRMs
 :MEASure:VTOP
 :MEASure:MARea
 :MEASure:MPARea

:MEASure:SOURce

Syntax
:MEASure:SOURce <sour>
:MEASure:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the signal source of the current measurement parameter.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|
<sour> Discrete CHANnel1
D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Explanation
This command sets the signal source of all the measurement parameters except delay and phase. The
delay and phase measurements require two signal sources which can be set by the :MEASure:SETup:DSA
and :MEASure:SETup:DSB, :MEASure:SETup:PSA and :MEASure:SETup:PSB commands respectively.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, or MATH.

2-152 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:COUNter:SOURce

Syntax
:MEASure:COUNter:SOURce <sour>
:MEASure:COUNter:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the measurement source of the frequency counter or disable the frequency counter
measurement.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|
<sour> Discrete OFF
D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|EXT|OFF}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, EXT, or OFF.

:MEASure:COUNter:VALue?

Syntax
:MEASure:COUNter:VALue?

Description
Query the measuremenmt result of the frequency counter. The unit is Hz.

Explanation
Before using this command, enable the frequency counter (refer to the :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce
command).

Return Format
The query returns the measuremenmt result of the frequency counter in scientific notation. When the
frequency counter is not turned on, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-153

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:CLEar

Syntax
:MEASure:CLEar <item>

Description
Clear any or all of the last five measurement items that are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<item> Discrete {ITEM1|ITEM2|ITEM3|ITEM4|ITEM5|ALL} --

Explanation
The last five measurement items are derermined according to the order in which they are enabled and
they will not change as you delete one or more measurement items. The last item enabled is ITEM5. You
can also use the :MEASure:RECover command to recover one or more measurement items that you have
cleared.

:MEASure:RECover

Syntax
:MEASure:RECover <item>

Description
Recover the measurement items that have been cleared.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<item> Discrete {ITEM1|ITEM2|ITEM3|ITEM4|ITEM5|ALL} --

Explanation
The last five measurement items are derermined according to the order in which they are enabled and
they will not change as you delete one or more measurement items. The last item enabled is ITEM5. You
can also use the :MEASure:CLEar command to clear one or more measurement items that you have
recovered.

2-154 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:ADISplay

Syntax
:MEASure:ADISplay <bool>
:MEASure:ADISplay?

Description
Enable or disable all measurement; or query the current status of all measurement.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
 All measurement can measure all the time and voltage parameters of the current measurement
source. Each measurement source has 21 measurement parameters and you can measure the three
measurement sources (CH1, CH2, and MATH) at the same time.
 11 voltage measurement items: maximum, minimum, peak-peak, top, bottom, amplitude, average,
RMS, period RMS, overshoot, and preshoot.
 8 time measurement items: period, frequency, rise time, fall time, positive pulse width, negative
pulse width, positive duty cycle, and negative duty cycle.
 2 other measurement items: area and period area.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:MEASure:AMSource

Syntax
:MEASure:AMSource <chan>[,<chan>[,<chan>]]
:MEASure:AMSource?

Description
Set or query the signal source of the all measurement parameters.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns one or more of CHAN1, CHAN2, and MATH. Multiple signal sources are separated by
commas.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-155

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay

Syntax
:MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay <bool>
:MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay?

Description
Enable or disable the statistic function; or query the current status of the statistic function.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
When the statistic function is enabled, the system will make statistics and display the measurement
results of at most five measurement items that are enabled last. When the statistic type is extrum, the
statistic results include the current value, average, minimum, and maximum. When the statistic type is
difference, the statistic results include the current value, average, count, and standard deviation.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:MEASure:STATistic:MODE

Syntax
:MEASure:STATistic:MODE <mode>
:MEASure:STATistic:MODE?

Description
Set or query the statistic mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {DIFFerence|EXTRemum} EXTRemum

Explanation
 EXTRemum: display the maximum and minimum values.
 DIFFerence: display the standard deviation and count.
 Before using thoes command, enable the statistic function (refer to the :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
command).

Return Format
The query returns DIFF or EXTR.

2-156 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:STATistic:RESet

Syntax
:MEASure:STATistic:RESet

Description
Clear the history statistic data and make statistic again.

:MEASure:SETup:TYPE

Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:TYPE <type>
:MEASure:SETup:TYPE?

Description
Set or query the type of measurement setting.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {DELay|PHASe|THReshold} DELay

Return Format
The query returns DEL, PHAS, or THR.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-157

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:SETup:MAX

:MEASure:SETup:MID

:MEASure:SETup:MIN

Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:MAX <max>
:MEASure:SETup:MAX?
:MEASure:SETup:MID <mid>
:MEASure:SETup:MID?
:MEASure:SETup:MIN <min>
:MEASure:SETup:MIN?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the threshold level in the auto measurement of the analog channels. The
unit is %.
Set or query the middle value of the threshold level in the auto measurement of the analog channels. The
unit is %.
Set or query the lower limit of the threshold level in the auto measurement of the analog channels. The
unit is %.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<max> Integer 7 to 95 90
<mid> Integer 6 to 94 50
<min> Integer 5 to 93 10

Explanation
 The upper limit, middle value and lower limit of the threshold level are expressed in percentage of
the amplitude and are used to define the time, delay, and phase parameters. Setting the threshold
will affect all the time, delay, and phase parameters. You can also use the :MEASure:SETup:TYPE
command to select the threshold measurement setting.
 The middle value must be set lower than the currently set upper limit and greater than the currently
set lower limit.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit, middle value, or lower limit of the threshold level in integer.

2-158 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:SETup:PSA

:MEASure:SETup:PSB

Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:PSA <sourceA>
:MEASure:SETup:PSA?
:MEASure:SETup:PSB <sourceB>
:MEASure:SETup:PSB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in phase deviation measurements.
Set or query the channel source of source B in phase deviation measurements.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<sourceA> Discrete CHANnel1
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <sourceA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<sourceB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} CHANnel2
When <sourceA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Explanation
You can use the phase deviation measurement function to measure 4 kinds of phase deviations between
tow channels: source A rising edge-source B rising edge (:MEASure:RPHase), source A rising edge-source
B falling edge (:MEASure:R2FPhase), source A falling edge-source B falling edge (:MEASure:FPHase) and
source A falling edge-source B rising edge (:MEASure:F2RPhase).

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-159

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:SETup:DSA

:MEASure:SETup:DSB

Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:DSA <sourceA>
:MEASure:SETup:DSA?
:MEASure:SETup:DSB <sourceB>
:MEASure:SETup:DSB?

Description
Set or query the channel source of source A in delay time measurements.
Set or query the channel source of source B in delay time measurements.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<sourceA> Discrete CHANnel1
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2 }
When <sourceA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<sourceB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} CHANnel2
When <sourceA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Explanation
You can use the delay measurement function to measure 4 kinds of delay times between two channels:
source A rising edge-source B rising edge (:MEASure:RDELay), source A rising edge-source B falling edge
(:MEASure:R2FDelay), source A falling edge-source B falling edge (:MEASure:FDELay) and source A
falling edge-source B rising edge (:MEASure:F2RDelay).

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-160 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:AREA

Syntax
:MEASure:AREA <area>
:MEASure:AREA?

Description
Set or query the measurement range.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<area> Discrete {SCReen|CREGion} SCReen

Explanation
 SCReen: waveforms within the screen region.
 CREGion: region specified by cursor A (refer to the :MEASure:CREGion:CAX command) and cursor B
(refer to the :MEASure:CREGion:CBX command).

Return Format
The query returns SCR or CREG.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-161

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:CREGion:CAX

:MEASure:CREGion:CBX

Syntax
:MEASure:CREGion:CAX <cax>
:MEASure:CREGion:CAX?
:MEASure:CREGion:CBX <cbx>
:MEASure:CREGion:CBX?

Description
When the measurement range is set to cursor region, use this command to set or query the position of
cursor A.
When the measurement range is set to cursor region, use this command to set or query the position of
cursor B.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<cax> Integer 0 to (the current position of cursor B - 6) 300
<cbx> Integer (The current position of cursor A + 6) to 697 400

Explanation
You can use the :MEASure:AREA command to set the measurement range to cursor region.

Return Format
The query returns the position of cursor A or B in integer.

2-162 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:HISTory:DISPlay

Syntax
:MEASure:HISTory:DISPlay <bool>
:MEASure:HISTory:DISPlay?

Description
Enable or disable the measurement history; or query the current on/off status of the measurement
history.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
 The measurement history cannot be enabled when there is not any measured item.
 When the measurement history is enabled, the latest 10 measurement results of at most 5
measurement items turned on last can be displayed.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:MEASure:HISTory:DMODe

Syntax
:MEASure:HISTory:DMODe <mod>
:MEASure:HISTory:DMODe?

Description
Set or query the display mode of the history measurement data.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mod> Discrete {TABLe|GRAPh} GRAPh

Explanation
 TABLe: display the measurement results of the last 10 measurements of at most 5 measurement
items that are enabled last in table mode.
 GRAPh: display the measurement results of the last 10 measurements of at most 5 measurement
items that are enabled last in graph mode. The measurement points are connected using linear
interpolation.

Return Format
The query returns TABL or GRAP.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-163

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:FDELay

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FDELay <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FDELay? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified channels
and return the measurement result (the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanA> Discrete --
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement result in scientific notation. When
the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:FDELay CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:FDELay? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement
function between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results as well
as query the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard
deviation of the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:FDELay:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:FDELay:SMINimum
 :MEASure:FDELay:SCURrent
 :MEASure:FDELay:SAVerage
 :MEASure:FDELay:SDEViation

2-164 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:FDELay:SMAXimum
:MEASure:FDELay:SMINimum
:MEASure:FDELay:SCURrent
:MEASure:FDELay:SAVerage
:MEASure:FDELay:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FDELay:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified channels
and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FDELay:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FDELay:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the delay (falling edge-falling edge)
measurement results when the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two
specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanA> Discrete --
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value or standard
deviation of the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement results in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-165

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:F2RDelay

Syntax 1
:MEASure:F2RDelay <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:F2RDelay? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the delay (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified channels
and return the measurement result (the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanA> Discrete --
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the delay (falling edge-rising edge) measurement results in scientific notation. When
the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:F2RDelay CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:F2RDelay? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the delay (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query
the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the
delay (falling edge-rising edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:F2RDelay:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:F2RDelay:SMINimum
 :MEASure:F2RDelay:SCURrent
 :MEASure:F2RDelay:SAVerage
 :MEASure:F2RDelay:SDEViation

2-166 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:F2RDelay:SMAXimum
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SMINimum
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SCURrent
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SAVerage
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified channels
and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RDelay:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the delay (falling edge-rising edge)
measurement results when the delay (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two
specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanA> Discrete --
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value or standard
deviation of the delay (falling edge- rising edge) measurement results in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-167

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:FPHase

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FPHase <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FPHase? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and return the measurement result (the unit is degree).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanA> Discrete --
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<chanB> Discrete D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement result in scientific notation.
When the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:FPHase CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:FPHase? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge)
measurement function between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement
results as well as query the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and
standard deviation of the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:FPHase:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:FPHase:SMINimum
 :MEASure:FPHase:SCURrent
 :MEASure:FPHase:SAVerage
 :MEASure:FPHase:SDEViation

2-168 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:FPHase:SMAXimum
:MEASure:FPHase:SMINimum
:MEASure:FPHase:SCURrent
:MEASure:FPHase:SAVerage
:MEASure:FPHase:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FPHase:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FPHase:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:FPHase:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the phase deviation (falling edge-falling
edge) measurement results when the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the phase deviation (falling edge-falling edge) measurement results in scientific notation.
When the measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-169

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:F2RPhase

Syntax 1
:MEASure:F2RPhase <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:F2RPhase? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and return the measurement result (the unit is degree).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement result in scientific notation.
When the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:F2RPhase CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:F2RPhase? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the phase deviation (falling edge- rising edge)
measurement function between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement
results as well as query the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and
standard deviation of the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:F2RPhase:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:F2RPhase:SMINimum
 :MEASure:F2RPhase:SCURrent
 :MEASure:F2RPhase:SAVerage
 :MEASure:F2RPhase:SDEViation

2-170 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:F2RPhase:SMAXimum
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SMINimum
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SCURrent
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SAVerage
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:F2RPhase:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the phase deviation (falling edge-rising
edge) measurement results when the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the phase deviation (falling edge-rising edge) measurement results in scientific notation.
When the measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-171

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:FREQuency

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FREQuency <chan>

Description 1
Enable the frequency measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FREQuency? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the frequency measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result
(the unit is Hz).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the frequency measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result
is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:FREQuency CHANnel1
:MEASure:FREQuency? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the frequnecy measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the frequency
measurement results.
 :MEASure:FREQuency:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:FREQuency:SMINimum
 :MEASure:FREQuency:SCURrent
 :MEASure:FREQuency:SAVerage
 :MEASure:FREQuency:SDEViation

2-172 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:FREQuency:SMAXimum
:MEASure:FREQuency:SMINimum
:MEASure:FREQuency:SCURrent
:MEASure:FREQuency:SAVerage
:MEASure:FREQuency:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FREQuency:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the frequency measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FREQuency:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:FREQuency:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the frequency measurement results
when the frequency measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the frequency measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-173

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:FTIMe

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FTIMe <chan>

Description 1
Enable the fall time measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FTIMe? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the fall time measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result
(the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the fall time measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result is
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:FTIMe CHANnel1
:MEASure:FTIMe? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the fall time measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the fall time measurement
results.
 :MEASure:FTIMe:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:FTIMe:SMINimum
 :MEASure:FTIMe:SCURrent
 :MEASure:FTIMe:SAVerage
 :MEASure:FTIMe:SDEViation

2-174 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:FTIMe:SMAXimum
:MEASure:FTIMe:SMINimum
:MEASure:FTIMe:SCURrent
:MEASure:FTIMe:SAVerage
:MEASure:FTIMe:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:FTIMe:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the fall time measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:FTIMe:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:FTIMe:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the fall time measurement results when
the fall time measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement
results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the fall time measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-175

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:NDUTy

Syntax 1
:MEASure:NDUTy <chan>

Description 1
Enable the negative duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:NDUTy? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the negative duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the negative duty cycle measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:NDUTy CHANnel1
:MEASure:NDUTy? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the negative duty cycle measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the negative
duty cycle measurement results.
 :MEASure:NDUTy:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:NDUTy:SMINimum
 :MEASure:NDUTy:SCURrent
 :MEASure:NDUTy:SAVerage
 :MEASure:NDUTy:SDEViation

2-176 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:NDUTy:SMAXimum
:MEASure:NDUTy:SMINimum
:MEASure:NDUTy:SCURrent
:MEASure:NDUTy:SAVerage
:MEASure:NDUTy:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:NDUTy:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the negative duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of
the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:NDUTy:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:NDUTy:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the negative duty cycle measurement
results when the negative duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the negative duty cycle measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-177

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:NWIDth

Syntax 1
:MEASure:NWIDth <chan>

Description 1
Enable the negative pulse width measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:NWIDth? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the negative pulse width measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result (the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the negative pulse width measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:NWIDth CHANnel1
:MEASure:NWIDth? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the negative pulse width measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the negative
pulse width measurement results.
 :MEASure:NWIDth:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:NWIDth:SMINimum
 :MEASure:NWIDth:SCURrent
 :MEASure:NWIDth:SAVerage
 :MEASure:NWIDth:SDEViation

2-178 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:NWIDth:SMAXimum
:MEASure:NWIDth:SMINimum
:MEASure:NWIDth:SCURrent
:MEASure:NWIDth:SAVerage
:MEASure:NWIDth:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:NWIDth:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the negative pulse width measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function
of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:NWIDth:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:NWIDth:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the negative pulse width measurement
results when the negative pulse width measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the negative pulse width measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-179

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:OVERshoot

Syntax 1
:MEASure:OVERshoot <chan>

Description 1
Enable the overshoot measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:OVERshoot? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the overshoot measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the overshoot measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result
is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:OVERshoot CHANnel1
:MEASure:OVERshoot? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the overshoot measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the overshoot
measurement results.
 :MEASure:OVERshoot:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:OVERshoot:SMINimum
 :MEASure:OVERshoot:SCURrent
 :MEASure:OVERshoot:SAVerage
 :MEASure:OVERshoot:SDEViation

2-180 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:OVERshoot:SMAXimum
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SMINimum
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SCURrent
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SAVerage
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the overshoot measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:OVERshoot:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the overshoot measurement results
when the overshoot measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the overshoot measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-181

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:PDUTy

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PDUTy <chan>

Description 1
Enable the positive duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PDUTy? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the positive duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the positive duty cycle measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:PDUTy CHANnel1
:MEASure:PDUTy? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the positive duty cycle measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the positive
duty cycle measurement results.
 :MEASure:PDUTy:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:PDUTy:SMINimum
 :MEASure:PDUTy:SCURrent
 :MEASure:PDUTy:SAVerage
 :MEASure:PDUTy:SDEViation

2-182 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:PDUTy:SMAXimum
:MEASure:PDUTy:SMINimum
:MEASure:PDUTy:SCURrent
:MEASure:PDUTy:SAVerage
:MEASure:PDUTy:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PDUTy:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the positive duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of
the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PDUTy:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:PDUTy:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the positive duty cycle measurement
results when the positive duty cycle measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the positive duty cycle measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-183

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:PERiod

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PERiod <chan>

Description 1
Enable the period measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PERiod? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the period measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the period measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result is
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:PERiod CHANnel1
:MEASure:PERiod? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the period measurement function of the specified channel
and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum value,
minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the period measurement results.
 :MEASure:PERiod:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:PERiod:SMINimum
 :MEASure:PERiod:SCURrent
 :MEASure:PERiod:SAVerage
 :MEASure:PERiod:SDEViation

2-184 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:PERiod:SMAXimum
:MEASure:PERiod:SMINimum
:MEASure:PERiod:SCURrent
:MEASure:PERiod:SAVerage
:MEASure:PERiod:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PERiod:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the period measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PERiod:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:PERiod:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the period measurement results when
the period measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement
results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the period measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-185

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:PREShoot

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PREShoot <chan>

Description 1
Enable the preshoot measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PREShoot? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the preshoot measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the preshoot measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result
is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:PREShoot CHANnel1
:MEASure:PREShoot? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the preshoot measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the preshoot
measurement results.
 :MEASure:PREShoot:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:PREShoot:SMINimum
 :MEASure:PREShoot:SCURrent
 :MEASure:PREShoot:SAVerage
 :MEASure:PREShoot:SDEViation

2-186 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:PREShoot:SMAXimum
:MEASure:PREShoot:SMINimum
:MEASure:PREShoot:SCURrent
:MEASure:PREShoot:SAVerage
:MEASure:PREShoot:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PREShoot:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the preshoot measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PREShoot:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:PREShoot:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the preshoot measurement results when
the preshoot measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the preshoot measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-187

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:PWIDth

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PWIDth <chan>

Description 1
Enable the positive pulse width measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PWIDth? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the positive pulse width measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the positive pulse width measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:PWIDth CHANnel1
:MEASure:PWIDth? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the positive pulse width measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the positive
pulse width measurement results.
 :MEASure:PWIDth:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:PWIDth:SMINimum
 :MEASure:PWIDth:SCURrent
 :MEASure:PWIDth:SAVerage
 :MEASure:PWIDth:SDEViation

2-188 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:PWIDth:SMAXimum
:MEASure:PWIDth:SMINimum
:MEASure:PWIDth:SCURrent
:MEASure:PWIDth:SAVerage
:MEASure:PWIDth:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PWIDth:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the positive pulse width measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function
of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PWIDth:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:PWIDth:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the positive pulse width measurement
results when the positive pulse width measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chan> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the positive pulse width measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-189

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:RTIMe

Syntax 1
:MEASure:RTIMe <chan>

Description 1
Enable the rise time measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:RTIMe? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the rise time measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result
(the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the rise time measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result
is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:RTIMe CHANnel1
:MEASure:RTIMe? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the rise time measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the rise time
measurement results.
 :MEASure:RTIMe:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:RTIMe:SMINimum
 :MEASure:RTIMe:SCURrent
 :MEASure:RTIMe:SAVerage
 :MEASure:RTIMe:SDEViation

2-190 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:RTIMe:SMAXimum
:MEASure:RTIMe:SMINimum
:MEASure:RTIMe:SCURrent
:MEASure:RTIMe:SAVerage
:MEASure:RTIMe:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:RTIMe:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the rise time measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:RTIMe:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:RTIMe:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the rise time measurement results when
the rise time measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the rise time measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-191

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:RDELay

Syntax 1
:MEASure:RDELay <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:RDELay? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified channels and
return the measurement result (the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:RDELay CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:RDELay? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query
the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the
delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:RDELay:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:RDELay:SMINimum
 :MEASure:RDELay:SCURrent
 :MEASure:RDELay:SAVerage
 :MEASure:RDELay:SDEViation

2-192 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:RDELay:SMAXimum
:MEASure:RDELay:SMINimum
:MEASure:RDELay:SCURrent
:MEASure:RDELay:SAVerage
:MEASure:RDELay:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:RDELay:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified channels and
the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:RDELay:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RDELay:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the delay (rising edge-rising edge)
measurement results when the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two
specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the delay (rising edge-rising edge) measurement results in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-193

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:R2FDelay

Syntax1
:MEASure:R2FDelay <chanA>,<chanB>

Description1
Enable the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified channels.

Syntax2
:MEASure:R2FDelay? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description2
Enable the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified channels
and return the measurement result (the unit is s).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement result in scientific notation. When
the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:R2FDelay CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:R2FDelay? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query
the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the
delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:R2FDelay:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:R2FDelay:SMINimum
 :MEASure:R2FDelay:SCURrent
 :MEASure:R2FDelay:SAVerage
 :MEASure:R2FDelay:SDEViation

2-194 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:R2FDelay:SMAXimum
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SMINimum
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SCURrent
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SAVerage
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified channels
and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FDelay:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the delay (rising edge-falling edge)
measurement results when the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two
specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the delay (rising edge-falling edge) measurement results in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-195

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:RPHase

Syntax 1
:MEASure:RPHase <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:RPHase? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and return the measurement result (the unit is degree).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement result in scientific notation.
When the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:RPHase CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:RPHase? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge)
measurement function between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement
results as well as query the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and
standard deviation of the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:RPHase:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:RPHase:SMINimum
 :MEASure:RPHase:SCURrent
 :MEASure:RPHase:SAVerage
 :MEASure:RPHase:SDEViation

2-196 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:RPHase:SMAXimum
:MEASure:RPHase:SMINimum
:MEASure:RPHase:SCURrent
:MEASure:RPHase:SAVerage
:MEASure:RPHase:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:RPHase:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:RPHase:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:RPHase:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the phase deviation (rising edge-rising
edge) measurement results when the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the phase deviation (rising edge-rising edge) measurement results in scientific notation.
When the measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-197

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:R2FPhase

Syntax 1
:MEASure:R2FPhase <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:R2FPhase? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Enable the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and return the measurement result (the unit is degree).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge) measurement result in scientific notation.
When the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:R2FPhase CHANnel1,CHANnel2
:MEASure:R2FPhase? CHANnel1,CHANnel2

You can use the following commands to enable the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge)
measurement function between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement
results as well as query the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and
standard deviation of the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge) measurement results.
 :MEASure:R2FPhase:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:R2FPhase:SMINimum
 :MEASure:R2FPhase:SCURrent
 :MEASure:R2FPhase:SAVerage
 :MEASure:R2FPhase:SDEViation

2-198 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:R2FPhase:SMAXimum
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SMINimum
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SCURrent
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SAVerage
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SMAXimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SMINimum <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SCURrent <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SAVerage <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SDEViation <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 1
Enable the phase deviation (rising edg-falling edge) measurement function between the two specified
channels and the statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SMAXimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SMINimum? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SCURrent? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SAVerage? <chanA>,<chanB>
:MEASure:R2FPhase:SDEViation? <chanA>,<chanB>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the phase deviation (rising edge-falling
edge) measurement results when the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge) measurement function
between the two specified channels and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanA> Discrete --
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
When <chanA> is D0-D15:
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<chanB> Discrete D12|D13|D14|D15} --
When <chanA> is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the phase deviation (rising edge-falling edge) measurement results in scientific notation.
When the measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-199

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VAMP

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VAMP <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VAMP? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the amplitude measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result
is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VAMP CHANnel1
:MEASure:VAMP? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the amplitude measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the amplitude
measurement results.
 :MEASure:VAMP:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VAMP:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VAMP:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VAMP:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VAMP:SDEViation

2-200 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VAMP:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VAMP:SMINimum
:MEASure:VAMP:SCURrent
:MEASure:VAMP:SAVerage
:MEASure:VAMP:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VAMP:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VAMP:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VAMP:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the amplitude measurement results
when the amplitude measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the amplitude measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-201

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VAVG

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VAVG <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude average measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VAVG? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the amplitude average measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude average measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VAVG CHANnel1
:MEASure:VAVG? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the amplitude average measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the amplitude
average measurement results.
 :MEASure:VAVG:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VAVG:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VAVG:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VAVG:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VAVG:SDEViation

2-202 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VAVG:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VAVG:SMINimum
:MEASure:VAVG:SCURrent
:MEASure:VAVG:SAVerage
:MEASure:VAVG:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VAVG:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude average measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of
the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VAVG:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the amplitude average measurement
results when the amplitude average measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the amplitude average measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-203

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VBASe

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VBASe <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude base value measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VBASe? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the amplitude base value measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude base value measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VBASe CHANnel1
:MEASure:VBASe? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the amplitude base measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the amplitude base
measurement results.
 :MEASure:VBASe:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VBASe:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VBASe:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VBASe:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VBASe:SDEViation

2-204 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VBASe:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VBASe:SMINimum
:MEASure:VBASe:SCURrent
:MEASure:VBASe:SAVerage
:MEASure:VBASe:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VBASe:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VBASe:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VBASe:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VBASe:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VBASe:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude base value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function
of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VAVG:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VAVG:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the amplitude base value measurement
results when the amplitude base value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the amplitude base value measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-205

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VMAX

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VMAX <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude maximum value measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VMAX? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the amplitude maximum value measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude maximum value measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VMAX CHANnel1
:MEASure:VMAX? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the amplitude maximum measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the amplitude
maximum measurement results.
 :MEASure:VMAX:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VMAX:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VMAX:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VMAX:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VMAX:SDEViation

2-206 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VMAX:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VMAX:SMINimum
:MEASure:VMAX:SCURrent
:MEASure:VMAX:SAVerage
:MEASure:VMAX:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VMAX:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude maximum value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VMAX:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VMAX:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the amplitude maximum value
measurement results when the amplitude maximum value measurement function of the specified channel
and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the amplitude maximum value measurement results in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-207

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VMIN

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VMIN <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude minimum value measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VMIN? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the amplitude minimum value measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude minimum value measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VMIN CHANnel1
:MEASure:VMIN? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the amplitude minimum measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the amplitude
minimum measurement results.
 :MEASure:VMIN:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VMIN:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VMIN:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VMIN:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VMIN:SDEviation

2-208 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VMIN:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VMIN:SMINimum
:MEASure:VMIN:SCURrent
:MEASure:VMIN:SAVerage
:MEASure:VMIN:SDEviation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VMIN:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude minimum value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VMIN:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VMIN:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the amplitude minimum value
measurement results when the amplitude minimum value measurement function of the specified channel
and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the amplitude minimum value measurement results in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-209

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VPP

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VPP <chan>

Description 1
Enable the peak-peak value measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VPP? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the peak-peak value measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement
result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the peak-peak value measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement
result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VPP CHANnel1
:MEASure:VPP? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the peak-peak value measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the peak-peak
value measurement results.
 :MEASure:VPP:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VPP:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VPP:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VPP:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VPP:SDEViation

2-210 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VPP:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VPP:SMINimum
:MEASure:VPP:SCURrent
:MEASure:VPP:SAVerage
:MEASure:VPP:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VPP:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the peak-peak value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of
the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VPP:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VPP:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the peak-peak value measurement
results when the peak-peak value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the peak-peak value measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-211

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VRMS

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VRMS <chan>

Description 1
Enable the RMS value measurement function on the whole signal of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VRMS? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the RMS value measurement function on the whole signal of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the RMS value measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result
is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VRMS CHANnel1
:MEASure:VRMS? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the RMS value measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the RMS value
measurement results.
 :MEASure:VRMS:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VRMS:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VRMS:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VRMS:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VRMS:SDEViation

2-212 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VRMS:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VRMS:SMINimum
:MEASure:VRMS:SCURrent
:MEASure:VRMS:SAVerage
:MEASure:VRMS:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VRMS:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the RMS value measurement function on the whole signal of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VRMS:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VRMS:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the RMS value measurement results
when the amplitude RMS value measurement function on the whole signal of the specified channel and
the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the RMS value measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-213

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:PVRMs

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PVRMs <chan>

Description 1
Enable the RMS value measurement function within a single period of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PVRMs? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the RMS value measurement function within a single period of the specified channel and return
the measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the RMS value measurement results within a single period in scientific notation. When
the measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:PVRMs CHANnel1
:MEASure:PVRMs? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the RMS value measurement function within a single
period of the specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the
statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the
RMS value measurement results within a single period.
 :MEASure:PVRMs:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:PVRMs:SMINimum
 :MEASure:PVRMs:SCURrent
 :MEASure:PVRMs:SAVerage
 :MEASure:PVRMs:SDEViation

2-214 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:PVRMs:SMAXimum
:MEASure:PVRMs:SMINimum
:MEASure:PVRMs:SCURrent
:MEASure:PVRMs:SAVerage
:MEASure:PVRMs:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:PVRMs:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the RMS value measurement function within a single period of the specified channel and the
statistic function of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:PVRMs:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:PVRMs:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the RMS value measurement results
within a single period when the RMS value measurement function within a single period of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the RMS value measurement results within a single period in scientific notation. When the
measurement results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-215

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:VTOP

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VTOP <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude top value measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VTOP? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the amplitude top value measurement function of the specified channel and return the
measurement result.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude top value measurement result in scientific notation. When the
measurement result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:VTOP CHANnel1
:MEASure:VTOP? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the amplitude top value measurement function of the
specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic
maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the amplitude
top measurement results.
 :MEASure:VTOP:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:VTOP:SMINimum
 :MEASure:VTOP:SCURrent
 :MEASure:VTOP:SAVerage
 :MEASure:VTOP:SDEViation

2-216 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:VTOP:SMAXimum
:MEASure:VTOP:SMINimum
:MEASure:VTOP:SCURrent
:MEASure:VTOP:SAVerage
:MEASure:VTOP:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:VTOP:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the amplitude top value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function
of the measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:VTOP:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:VTOP:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the amplitude top value measurement
results when the amplitude top value measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic
function of the measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Explanation
The unit is determined by the unit selected for the signal source channel (refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command).

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the amplitude top value measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement
results are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-217

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:MARea

Syntax 1
:MEASure:MARea <chan>

Description 1
Enable the area measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:MARea? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the area measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result (the
unit is Vs).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the area measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement result is
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:MARea CHANnel1
:MEASure:MARea? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the area measurement function of the specified channel
and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum value,
minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the area measurement results.
 :MEASure:MARea:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:MARea:SMINimum
 :MEASure:MARea:SCURrent
 :MEASure:MARea:SAVerage
 :MEASure:MARea:SDEViation

2-218 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:MARea:SMAXimum
:MEASure:MARea:SMINimum
:MEASure:MARea:SCURrent
:MEASure:MARea:SAVerage
:MEASure:MARea:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:MARea:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the area measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:MARea:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:MARea:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the area measurement results when the
area measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the measurement results
are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the area measurementresults in scientific notation. When the measurement results are
invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-219

RIGOL 2 Command System

:MEASure:MPARea

Syntax 1
:MEASure:MPARea <chan>

Description 1
Enable the period area measurement function of the specified channel.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:MPARea? <chan>

Description 2
Enable the period area measurement function of the specified channel and return the measurement result
(the unit is Vs).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the period area measurement result in scientific notation. When the measurement
result is invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

Example
:MEASure:MPARea CHANnel1
:MEASure:MPARea? CHANnel1

You can use the following commands to enable the period area measurement function of the specified
channel and the statistic function of the measurement results as well as query the statistic maximum
value, minimum value, current value, average value, and standard deviation of the period area
measurement results.
 :MEASure:MPARea:SMAXimum
 :MEASure:MPARea:SMINimum
 :MEASure:MPARea:SCURrent
 :MEASure:MPARea:SAVerage
 :MEASure:MPARea:SDEViation

2-220 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:MEASure:MPARea:SMAXimum
:MEASure:MPARea:SMINimum
:MEASure:MPARea:SCURrent
:MEASure:MPARea:SAVerage
:MEASure:MPARea:SDEViation

Syntax 1
:MEASure:MPARea:SMAXimum <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SMINimum <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SCURrent <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SAVerage <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SDEViation <chan>

Description 1
Enable the period area measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results.

Syntax 2
:MEASure:MPARea:SMAXimum? <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SMINimum? <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SCURrent? <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SAVerage? <chan>
:MEASure:MPARea:SDEViation? <chan>

Description 2
Query the statistic maximum value (SMAXimum), minimum value (SMINimum), current value (SCURrent),
average value (SAVerage), or standard deviation (SDEViation) of the period area measurement results
when the period area measurement function of the specified channel and the statistic function of the
measurement results are enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH} --

Return Format
The query returns the statistic maximum value, minimum value, current value, average value, or standard
deviation of the period area measurement results in scientific notation. When the measurement results
are invalid, the query returns 9.9e37.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-221

RIGOL 2 Command System

:OUTPut<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S)

The :OUTPut<n> commands are used to enable or disable the output of the built-in signal source as well
as set its output impedance.

 :OUTPut[<n>][:STATe]
 :OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance

:OUTPut[<n>][:STATe]

Syntax
:OUTPut[<n>][:STATe] <bool>
:OUTPut[<n>][:STATe]?

Description
Enable or disable the output of the specified signal source channel; or query the output status of the
specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-222 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance

Syntax
:OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance <impedance>
:OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance?

Description
Set or query the output impedance of the signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<impedance> Discrete {OMEG|FIFTy} OMEG
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
OMEG: HighZ; FIFTy: 50Ω.

Return Format
The query returns OMEG or FIFT.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-223

RIGOL 2 Command System

:RECall Commands

 :RECall:SETup
 :RECall:TRACe
 :RECall:WAVeform

:RECall:SETup

Syntax
:RECall:SETup <file_spec>

Description
Recall the setup file stored in the external memory.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 Beforing recalling the setup file, use the :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] command to store the corresponding
file into the external memory.
 <file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed
64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\.

Example
:RECall:SETup D:\123.stp /*Recall the setup file 123.stp stored in the D disk*/

2-224 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:RECall:TRACe

Syntax
:RECall:TRACe <file_spec>

Description
Recall the trace file stored in the external memory.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 Beforing recalling the trace file, use the :SAVE:TRACe[:STARt] command to store the corresponding
file into the external memory.
 <file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed
64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\.

Example
:RECall:TRACe D:\123.trc /*Recall the waveform trace file 123.trc stored in the D disk*/

:RECall:WAVeform

Syntax
:RECall:WAVeform <file_spec>

Description
Recall the waveform file stored in the external memory.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 Beforing recalling the waveform file, use the :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command to store the
corresponding file into the external memory.
 <file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed
64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\.

Example
:RECall:WAVeform D:\123.wfm /*Recall the waveform file 123.wfm stored in the D disk*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-225

RIGOL 2 Command System

:REFerence Commands

 :REFerence<n>:CURRent
 :REFerence<n>:ENABle
 :REFerence:COLor
 :REFerence:CURRent?
 :REFerence:DISPlay
 :REFerence:RESet
 :REFerence:SAVe
 :REFerence:SOURce
 :REFerence:VSCale
 :REFerence:VOFFset

:REFerence<n>:CURRent

Syntax
:REFerence<n>:CURRent

Description
Select the current reference channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10} 1

Explanation
Only reference channels currently turned on can be selected as the current channel. Refer to
the :REFerence<n>:ENABle command to turn on or off the reference channels.

2-226 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:REFerence<n>:ENABle

Syntax
:REFerence<n>:ENABle <bool>
:REFerence<n>:ENABle?

Description
Turn on or off the specified reference channel; or query the status of the specified reference channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10} --
Ref1: 1|ON
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Ref2 to Ref10: 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:REFerence:COLor

Syntax
:REFerence:COLor <color>
:REFerence:COLor?

Description
Set or query the color of the current reference channel waveform.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<color> Discrete {GRAY|GREEn|LBLue|MAGenta|ORANge} GRAY

Explanation
The reference waveform color can be set to GRAY, GREEn, LBLue (light blue), MAGenta, or ORANge.

Return Format
The query returns GRAY, GREE, LBL, MAG, or ORAN.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-227

RIGOL 2 Command System

:REFerence:CURRent?

Syntax
:REFerence:CURRent?

Description
Query the current REF channel.

Return Format
The query returns REFn; wherein, n is an integer from 1 to 10.

:REFerence:DISPlay

Syntax
:REFerence:DISPlay <bool>
:REFerence:DISPlay?

Description
Turn on or off the REF control menu; or query whether the REF control menu is turned on.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:REFerence:RESet

Syntax
:REFerence:RESet

Description
Reset the vertical scale and vertical position of the reference waveform of the current channel to the
settings of the signal source channel when storing the reference waveform.

Explanation
Before using this command, use the :REFerence:SAVe command to store the waveform (screen region) of
the specified signal source to the internal memory.

2-228 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:REFerence:SAVe

Syntax
:REFerence:SAVe

Description
Store the waveform (screen region) of the specified signal source to the internal memory as the reference
waveform of the current reference channel and display the waveform on the screen.

Explanation
This operation can only store the reference waveform in the volatile memory and the waveform will be
cleared at power-off.

:REFerence:SOURce

Syntax
:REFerence:SOURce <source>
:REFerence:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the reference source of the current reference channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH}

Explanation
 Only channels currently turned on can be selected as the reference source of the current channel.
 You can use the :REFerence<n>:CURRent command to selected the current channel.

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, or MATH.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-229

RIGOL 2 Command System

:REFerence:VSCale

Syntax
:REFerence:VSCale <vscale>
:REFerence:VSCale?

Description
Set or query the vertical scale of the current refrence channel waveform. The unit is the same with that of
the current signal source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<vscale> Integer 1 to 10 5

Explanation
Define the vertical scale of the reference channel waveform when performing the store operation as
"Vscale0" and the vertical scale of the reference channel waveform currently set as "Vscale1". Different
<vscale> values are used to represent different ratio relations between Vscale0 and Vscale1, as shown in
the table below.

<vscale> Vscale1/Vscale0
1 0.05
2 0.1
3 0.2
4 0.5
5 1
6 2
7 5
8 10
9 20
10 50

Return Format
The query returns an integer from 1 to 10. If the REF function is currently disabled or no reference
waveform is stored for the current reference channel, the query returns Null.

2-230 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:REFerence:VOFFset

Syntax
:REFerence:VOFFset <voffset>
:REFerence:VOFFset?

Description
Set or query the vertical offset of the current reference channel waveform. The unit is the same with that
of the current signal source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<voffset> Integer -150 to +150 0
Note: When <voffset> is 0, the vertical position of the reference waveform is the same with that of the source
channel waveform when the save operation is performed. When the parameter increases or decreases by 1, the
reference waveform moves upward or downward by (Vscale/25). Wherein, Vscale is the vertical scale of the source
channel waveform when the save operation is performed.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset of the current reference channel waveform in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-231

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SAVE Commands

 :SAVE:CSV[:STARt]
 :SAVE:CSV:FACTors
 :SAVE:CSV:LENGth
 :SAVE:FORMat
 :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]
 :SAVE:IMAGe:TYPE
 :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors
 :SAVE:SETup[:STARt]
 :SAVE:TRACe[:STARt]
 :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]
 :SAVE:REFerence[:STARt]
 :SAVE:MTESt[:STARt]
 :SAVE:ARB[:STARt]

2-232 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SAVE:CSV[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:CSV[:STARt] <file_spec>

Description
Save the waveform data on the screen into the external memory in "*.csv" format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 <file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed
64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the specified directory already
contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.
 The "*.csv" file stored includes the current horizontal time base, start point time and voltage value
corresponding to each point of the channel turned on as shown in the figure below. You can open
and edit the file via Excel.

Number of the point Start point time Horizontal time base

Voltage value corresponding to each point

Example
:SAVE:CSV D:\123.csv /*Store the waveform data on the screen into the external memory with the
filename 123.csv*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-233

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SAVE:CSV:FACTors

Syntax
:SAVE:CSV:FACTors <bool>
:SAVE:CSV:FACTors?

Description
Enable or disable the parameter storage function of CSV storage; or query whether the parameter storage
function of CSV storage is enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
When this function is enabled, a TXT file with the same filename will also be stored when sending
the :SAVE:CSV[:STARt] command to store the CSV file. This file includes the model, serial number,
hardware and software version number as well as the current parameter configurations of the
oscilloscope.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:SAVE:CSV:LENGth

Syntax
:SAVE:CSV:LENGth <len>
:SAVE:CSV:LENGth?

Description
Set or query the data length type of CSV storage.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<len> Discrete {DISPlay|MAXimum} DISPlay

Explanation
 DISPlay: only store the points (1400 points) within the screen region.
 MAXimum: store all the points (equal to the current memory depth) in the internal memory.

Return Format
The query returns DISP or MAX.

2-234 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SAVE:FORMat

Syntax
:SAVE:FORMat <format>
:SAVE:FORMat?

Description
Set or query the storage format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<format> Discrete {TRACe|WAVeform|SETup|PICTure|CSV} PICTure

Return Format
The query returns TRAC, WAV, SET, PICT, or CSV.

:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] <file_spec>

Description
Store the content displayed on the screen into the external memory in picture form.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
<file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed 64
characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. The suffix of the filename can
be .bmp, .png, .jpeg, or .tiff. If the specified directory already contains a file with the same filename, the
original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:IMAGe D:\123.png /*Store the content displayed on the screen into the external memory with
the filename 123.png*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-235

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SAVE:IMAGe:TYPE

Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:TYPE <type>
:SAVE:IMAGe:TYPE?

Description
Set or query the picture type of picture storage.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {BMP24bit|JPEG|PNG|TIFF} PNG

Return Format
The query returns BMP24, JPEG, PNG, or TIFF.

:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors

Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors <bool>
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors?

Description
Enable or disable the parameter storage function of picture storage; or query whether the parameter
storage function of picture storage is enabled.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
When this function is enabled, a TXT file with the same filename will also be stored when sending
the :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command to store the picture file. This file includes the model, serial number,
hardware and software version number, as well as the current parameter configurations of the
oscilloscope.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-236 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SAVE:SETup[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt] {<internal_loc>|<file_spec>}

Description
Store the current parameter settings of the oscilloscope into the internal or external memory in "*.stp"
format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<internal_loc> ASCII string C:\LocalSetup0.stp to C:\LocalSetup9.stp --
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 In internal storage, if the specified location already contains a file, the original file will be overwritten.
 In external storage, <file_spec> includes the external storage directory and the filename with suffix.
Its length cannot exceed 64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the
specified directory already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:SETup D:\123.stp /*Store the current oscilloscope setting parameters into the external memory
with the filename 123.stp*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-237

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SAVE:TRACe[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:TRACe[:STARt] {<file_spec>}

Description
Store the waveform trace into the external memory in "*.trc" format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
<file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed 64
characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the specified directory already contains a
file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:TRACe D:\123.trc /*Store the waveform trace into the external memory with the filename
123.trc*/

:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] {<file_spec>}

Description
Store the waveform data into the external memory in "*.wfm" format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
<file_spec> includes the file storage directory and the filename with suffix. Its length cannot exceed 64
characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the specified directory already contains a
file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:WAVeform D:\123.wfm /*Store the waveform file into the external memory*/

2-238 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SAVE:REFerence[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:REFerence[:STARt] {<internal_loc>|<file_spec>}

Description
Store the reference waveform currently stored by the oscilloscope into the internal or external memory in
"*.ref" format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<internal_loc> ASCII string C:\LocalREF0.ref to C:\LocalREF9.ref --
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 Before using this command to store the reference waveform file, send the :REFerence:SAVe
command to store the reference waveform of the current reference channel; otherwise, this
command is invalid.
 In internal storage, if the specified location already contains a file, the original file will be overwritten.
 In external storage, <file_spec> includes the external storage directory and the filename with suffix.
Its length cannot exceed 64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the
specified directory already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:REFerence C:\LocalREF3.ref /*Store the reference waveform currently stored by the oscilloscope
into the internal memory*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-239

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SAVE:MTESt[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:MTESt[:STARt] {<internal_loc>|<file_spec>}

Description
Store the current pass/fail test mask into the internal or external memory in "*.pf" format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<internal_loc> ASCII string C:\LocalPF0.pf to C:\LocalPF9.pf --
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 This command is only available when the pass/fail test function is enabled (refer to :MASK:ENABle).
 In internal storage, if the specified location already contains a file, the original file will be overwritten.
 In external storage, <file_ spec> includes the external storage directory and the filename with suffix.
Its length cannot exceed 64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the
specified directory already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:MTESt C:\LocalPF3.pf /*Store the current pass/fail test mask into the internal memory*/

2-240 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SAVE:ARB[:STARt]

Syntax
:SAVE:ARB[:STARt] {<internal_loc>|<file_spec>}

Description
Store the arbitrary waveform currently edited into the internal or external memory in "*.arb" format.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<internal_loc> ASCII string C:\LocalArb0.arb to C:\LocalArb9.arb --
<file_spec> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
 In internal storage, if the specified location already contains a file, the original file will be overwritten.
 In external storage, <file_spec> includes the external storage directory and the filename with suffix.
Its length cannot exceed 64 characters. Wherein, the storage directory can only be D:\. If the
specified directory already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.

Example
:SAVE:ARB C:\LocalArb3.arb /*Store the arbitrary waveform currently edited into the internal
memory*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-241

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SOURce<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S)

The [:SOURce<n>] commands are used to set the output waveforms and their parameters of the built-in
signal source of the oscilloscope. <n> is the number of the channel (1 or 2) and the operation will be
executed on Source1 by default if [:SOURce<n>] is omitted.

 [:SOURce<n>]:FREQuency[:FIXed]
 [:SOURce<n>]:PHASe[:ADJust]
 [:SOURce<n>]:PHASe:INITiate
 [:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]
 [:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry
 [:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]
 [:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet
 [:SOURce<n>]:PULSe:DCYCle
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD[:STATe]
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:TYPe
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM[:DEPTh]
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM[:DEVIation]
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency
 [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:NOISe
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:PULSe
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:RAMP
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SINusoid
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SQUare
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:USER
 [:SOURce<n>]:APPLy?

2-242 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:FREQuency[:FIXed]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:FREQuency[:FIXed] {<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:FREQuency[:FIXed]? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the output frequency of the specified signal source channel when the modulation of the
specified signal source is not enabled; set or query the carrier frequency of the specified signal source
channel when the modulation of the specified signal source is enabled. The default unit is Hz.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
Sine: 100mHz to 25MHz
Square: 100mHz to 15MHz
Pulse: 100mHz to 1MHz
<frequency> Real 1kHz
Ramp: 100mHz to 100kHz
Built-in waveform: 100mHz to 1MHz
Arbitrary waveform: 100mHz to 10MHz
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
This command is not available when the waveform currently selected is DC or noise.

Return Format
The query returns the frequency in scientific notation.

[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe[:ADJust]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe[:ADJust] {<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe[:ADJust]? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the start phase of the signal of the specified signal source channel. The default unit is °.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<phase> Real 0° to 360° 0°
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns the start phase in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-243

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe:INITiate

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:PHASe:INITiate

Description
Execute the align phase operation.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
When executing the align phase operation, the oscilloscope will re-configure the two channels to output
according to the preset frequency and phase.
For two signals of which the frequencies are the same or are multiples, this operation can align their
phases. Assume that Source1 outpts a 1kHz, 5Vpp, and 0° sine and Source2 outputs a 1kHz, 5Vpp, and
180° sine. Acquire the waveforms of the two channels using the oscilloscope and display the waveforms
stably. The phase deviation of the two waveforms displayed on the oscilloscope is no longer 180°. At this
point, execute the align phase operation; the phase deviation shown on the oscilloscope will restore to
180° without manual adjustment of the start phases of the signal source.

Before Aligning Phase After Aligning Phase

2-244 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe] <wave>
[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?

Description
Set or query the output waveform when the modulation of the specified signal source channel is not
enabled. Set or query the carrier waveform of modulation when the modulation of the specified signal
source is channel enabled; at this point, if PULSe, NOISe or DC is selected, the modulation function will be
disabled automatically.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{SINusoid|SQUare|RAMP|PULSe|NOISe|DC|INTErnal|SINC|
<wave> Real SINusoid
EXPRise|EXPFall|ECG|GAUSs|LORentz|HAVersine|EXTernal}
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
MSO2000A/DS2000A provides 7 kinds of built-in waveforms: SINC, EXPRise, EXPFall, ECG, GAUSs,
LORentz, and HAVersine. When INTErnal (built-in waveform) is sent, the signal source outputs the built-in
waveform selected formerly. You can also directly send the specified built-in waveform parameter to
output the desired built-in waveform.

Return Format
The query returns SIN, SQU, RAMP, PULS, NOIS, DC, SINC, EXPR, EXPF, ECG, GAUS, LOR, HAV, or EXET.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-245

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry {<val>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the symmetry of the ramp of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<val> Real 0% to 100% 10%
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
Symmetry is defined as the percentage that the rising period takes up in the whole period.

t symmetry=t/T*100%

Return Format
The query returns the current symmetry in scientific notation.

2-246 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] {<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the amplitude of the signal of the specified signal source channel. The default unit is Vpp.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
HighZ: 20mVpp to 5Vpp
<amplitude> Real 5Vpp
50Ω: 10mVpp to 2.5Vpp
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
You can use :OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance command to set the output impedance of the signal source.

Return Format
The query returns the amplitude in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-247

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet {<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the DC offset of the signal of the specified signal source channel. The default unit is VDC.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
HighZ: -2.5+current amplitude/2 to
2.5- current amplitude /2
<offset> Real 0VDC
50Ω: -1.25+ current amplitude /2 to
1.25- current amplitude /2
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 You can use the [:SOURce<n>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] command to set the
amplitude of the waveform currently selected and use the :OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance command to
set the output impedance of the signal source.
 When the current waveform is DC, the offset range is from -2.5VDC to 2.5VDC.

Return Format
The query returns the DC offset in scientific notation.

2-248 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:PULSe:DCYCle

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:PULSe:DCYCle {<percent>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:PULSe:DCYCle? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the duty cycle of the pulse of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<percent> Real 10% to 90% 20%
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
Duty cycle is defined as the percent that the high level takes up in a whole period.
Duty cycle=t/T*100%
t

Return Format
The query returns the current duty cycle in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-249

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD[:STATe]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD[:STATe] <bool>
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD[:STATe]?

Description
Enable or disable the modulation function of the specified signal source channel; or query the on/off
status of the modulation function of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 The signal source of MSO2000A/DS2000A supports AM (Amplitude Modulation) and FM (Frequency
Modulation). You can send the [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:TYPe command to set the modulation type.
 Sine, square, ramp, built-in waveform, and arbitrary waveform (except DC) can be used as carrier
waveform.
 Sine, square, triangle waveform or noise can be used as modulating waveform. You can use the
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion or [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion
command to select the modulating waveform.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-250 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:TYPe

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:TYPe <type>
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:TYPe?

Description
Set or query the modulation type of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {AM|FM} AM
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 AM: amplitude modulation. The amplitude of the carrier varies with the amplitude of the modulating
waveform.
FM: frequency modulation . The frequency of the carrier varies with the amplitude of the modulating
waveform.
 Sine, square, ramp, built-in waveform, and arbitrary waveform (except DC) can be used as carrier
waveform.
 Sine, square, triangle waveform or noise can be used as modulating waveform. You can use the
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion or [:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion
command to select the modulating waveform.

Return Format
The query returns AM or FM.

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM[:DEPTh]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM[:DEPTh] {<depth>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM[:DEPTh]? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the modulation depth of AM of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<depth> Integer 0% to 120% 100%
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns the current modulation depth in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-251

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency {<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the modulating waveform frequency of AM of the specified signal source channel. The
default unit is Hz.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<frequency> Real 1Hz to 50kHz 1kHz
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns the current modulating waveform frequency in scientific notation.

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion <wave>
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion?

Description
Set or query the modulating waveform of AM of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<wave> Discrete {SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|NOISe} SINusoid
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns SIN, SQU, TRI, or NOIS.

2-252 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM[:DEVIation]

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM[:DEVIation] {<dev>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM[:DEVIation]? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the frequency deviation of FM of the specified signal source channel. The default unit is Hz.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
0Hz to the current frequency of the carrier waveform. The
sum of the frequency deviation and carrier frequency cannot
<dev> Real 1kHz
be greater than the sum of the upper limit of the carrier
frequency and 1kHz.
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns the current frequency deviation in scientific notation.

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency {<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency? [MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the modulating waveform frequency of FM of the specified signal source channel. The default
unit is Hz.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<frequency> Real 1Hz to 50kHz 1kHz
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns the current modulating waveform frequency in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-253

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion <wave>
[:SOURce<n>]:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion?

Description
Set or query the modulating waveform of FM of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<wave> Discrete {SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|NOISe} SINusoid
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns SIN, SQU, TRI, or NOIS.

2-254 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:NOISe

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:PULSe

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:RAMP

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SINusoid

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SQUare

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:USER

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:NOISe [<amp>[,<offset>]]
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:PULSe [<freq>[,<amp>[,<offset>[,<phase>]]]]
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:RAMP [<freq>[,<amp>[,<offset>[,<phase>]]]]
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SINusoid [<freq>[,<amp>[,<offset>[,<phase>]]]]
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:SQUare [<freq>[,<amp>[,<offset>[,<phase>]]]]
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy:USER [<freq>[,<amp>[,<offset>[,<phase>]]]]

Description
Configure the specified signal source channel to output a signal with the specified waveform and
parameters.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
Sine: 100mHz to 25MHz
Square: 100mHz to 15MHz
<freq> Real Ramp: 100mHz to 100kHz 1kHz
Pulse: 100mHz to 1MHz
Arbitrary waveform: 100mHz to 10MHz
HighZ: 20mVpp to 5Vpp
<amp> Real 5Vpp
50Ω: 10mVpp to 2.5Vpp
HighZ: ±(2.5-current amplitude/2)
<offset> Real 0VDC
50Ω: ±(1.25-current amplitude /2)
<phase> Real 0° to 360° 0°
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 These commands are used to select the waveform shape.
NOISe: noise
PULSe: pulse
RAMP: ramp

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-255

RIGOL 2 Command System

SINusoid: sine
SQUare: square
USER: arbitrary waveform
 <freq>: set the frequency of the specified waveform (noise does not have this parameter). The
default unit is Hz.
<amp>: set the amplitude of the specified waveform. The default unit is Vpp.
<offset>: set the DC offset of the specified waveform. The default unit is VDC.
<phase>: set the start phase of the specified waveform (noise does not have this parameter). The
default unit is degree (°).
 One or more parameters can be omitted for these commands. When all the parameters are omitted,
these commands only configure the specified signal source channel to the specified waveform and
do not modify the corresponding parameters.
 <freq>, <amp>, <offset>, and <phase> are placed in order. You cannot omit the one parameter
and directly set the parameters behind it. For example, you cannot omit <freq> and directly set
<amp>.
 The ranges of <amp> and <offset> are related to the output impedance of the signal source
channel. You can use the :OUTPut[<n>]:IMPedance command to set the output impedance of the
signal source.

Example
:APPLy:NOISe /*Set the waveform of Source1 to noise and do not modify the
parameters*/
:APPLy:PULSe 100,1,0.5 /*Set Source1 to output a pulse with 100Hz frequency, 1Vpp
amplitude and 500mVDC offset*/
:SOURce2:APPLy:SINusoid 100,1,0.5,0 /*Set Source2 to output a sine with 100Hz frequency, 1Vpp
amplitude, 500mVDC offset and 0° start phase*/

2-256 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy?

Syntax
[:SOURce<n>]:APPLy?

Description
Query the output configuration of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns the current output configuration in "<Waveform
Name>,<Frequency>,<Amplitude>,<Offset>,<Start Phase>" format. When the corresponding
parameter does not exist, the parameter will be replaced by DEF. For example,
SIN,100000.000000,1.000000,0.000000,0.000000.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-257

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem Commands

 :SYSTem:AOUTput
 :SYSTem:AUToscale
 :SYSTem:BEEPer
 :SYSTem:DATE
 :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
 :SYSTem:EXPand
 :SYSTem:GAMount?
 :SYSTem:GPIB
 :SYSTem:KEY:PRESs
 :SYSTem:KEY:INCRease
 :SYSTem:KEY:DECRease
 :SYSTem:LANGuage
 :SYSTem:OPTion:INSTall
 :SYSTem:OPTion:UNINSTall
 :SYSTem:OPTion:VALid?
 :SYSTem:PON
 :SYSTem:PSTatus
 :SYSTem:RAMount?
 :SYSTem:RESet
 :SYSTem:SSAVer:TIME
 :SYSTem:SETup
 :SYSTem:TIME
 :SYSTem:UDEVice
 :SYSTem:VERSion?

2-258 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:AOUTput

Syntax
:SYSTem:AOUTput <aux output>
:SYSTem:AOUTput?

Description
Set or query the type of the signal output from the [Trigger Out] connector on the rear panel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<aux output> Discrete {TOUT|PFAil} TOUT

Explanation
 TOUT: output a signal that can reflect the current acquisition rate of the oscilloscope via the
[Trigger Out] connector each time the oscilloscope triggers.
 PFAil: output a pulse via the [Trigger Out] connector when a failed waveform is detected. You can
connect the signal to other control systems to view the test result.

Return Format
The query returns TOUT or PFA.

:SYSTem:AUToscale

Syntax
:SYSTem:AUToscale <opt>
:SYSTem:AUToscale?

Description
Disable or recover the AUTO function; or query the status of the AUTO function.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<opt> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 1|ON

Explanation
By default, pressing AUTO or sending the :AUToscale command can execute a waveform auto setting
operation. This command can be used to disable or recover this function.
 0|OFF: disable the AUTO function
 1|ON: recover the AUTO function

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-259

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem:BEEPer

Syntax
:SYSTem:BEEPer <bool>
:SYSTem:BEEPer?

Description
Enable or disable the beeper; or query the status of the beeper.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

:SYSTem:DATE

Syntax
:SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>
:SYSTem:DATE?

Description
Set or query the system date.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<year> Integer 2011 to 2099 --
<month> Integer 1 to 12 --
<day> Integer 1 to 31 (28, 29, or 30) --

Return Format
The query returns the current date in string. The year, month, and date parameters are separated by
commas.

2-260 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?

Syntax
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?

Description
Query and delete the last system error message.

Return Format
The query returns the error message in "<Message Number>,<Message Content>" format. Wherein,
<Message Number> is an integer and <Message Content> is a double-quotated ASCII string. For
example, -410,"Query INTERRUPTED".

:SYSTem:EXPand

Syntax
:SYSTem:EXPand <exp>
:SYSTem:EXPand?

Description
Set or query the reference around which the waveform is expanded or compressed.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<exp> Discrete {CENTer|GROund} GROund

Explanation
 CENTer: when changing the vertical scale, the oscilloscope expands or compresses the waveform
vertically around the center of the screen.
 GROund: when changing the vertical scale, the oscilloscope expands and compresses the waveform
vertically around the ground level.

Return Format
The query returns CENT or GRO.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-261

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem:GAMount?

Syntax
:SYSTem:GAMount?

Description
Query the number of grids on the screen horizontally.

Return Format
The query returns the number of grids on the screen horizontally in integer. For this oscilloscope, the
return value is always 14.

:SYSTem:GPIB

Syntax
:SYSTem:GPIB <adr>
:SYSTem:GPIB?

Description
Set or query the GPIB address.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<adr> Integer 1 to 30 --

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 1 and 30.

2-262 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:KEY:PRESs

Syntax
:SYSTem:KEY:PRESs <key>

Description
Press the specified key on the front panel of the oscilloscope.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{CH1|CH2|MATH|REF|LA|DECode1|DECode2|AOFF|
MOFF|F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6|F7|QPRevious|QNEXt|
VPOSition|VPOSition1|VPOSition2|VSCale|VSCale1|
VSCale2|HSCale|HPOSition|HMENu|KFUNction|
TLEVel|TMENu|TFORce|TMODe|CLEar|AUTO|RSTop|
<key> Discrete --
SINGle|QPRInt|MEASure|ACQuire|STORage|
CURSor|DISPlay|UTILity|HELP|SRECord|ERECord|
PPAuse|FFP10|FFP20|FFP30|FFP40|FFP50|
FFP60|FFP70|FFN10|FFN20|FFN30|FFN40|
FFN50|FFN60|FFN70|SOURce}

Explanation
The ranges of <key> correspond to the keys on the front panel of the oscilloscope. The definitions are as
follows.
 CH1|CH2|MATH|REF|LA|DECode1|DECode2|CLEar|AUTO|SINGle|MEASure|ACQuire|STORage|CUR
Sor|DISPlay|UTILity|HELP|SOURce: press the corresponding key on the front panel.
 AOFF: turn off the analog channels and MATH channel.
 MOFF: hide or recover the display of the menu at the right of the screen.
 F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6|F7: press the 7 menu softkeys at the right of the screen.
 QPRevious|QNEXt: open the previous page or next page of the menu at the left of the screen.
 VPOSition|VPOSition1: press the CH1 vertical position knob; namely set the vertical position of CH1
to 0.
 VPOSition2: press the CH2 vertical position knob; namely set the vertical position of CH2 to 0.
 VSCale|VSCale1: press the CH1 vertical scale knob; namely switch between the coarse and fine
adjustment of the CH1 vertical scale.
 VSCale2: press the CH2 vertical scale knob; namely switch between the coarse and fine adjustment
of the CH2 vertical scale.
 HSCale: press the horizontal time base adjustment knob; namely turn on or off the sweep delay.
 HPOSition: press the horizontal position adjustment knob; namely set the horizontal position to 0.
 HMENu: press MENU in the horizontal control area.
 KFUNction: press the multifunction knob to set the waveform brightness to 50% (only valid when the
menu at the right side of the screen is hidden or the Display menu is opened).
 TLEVel: press the trigger level adjustment knob; namely set the trigger level to 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-263

RIGOL 2 Command System

 TMENu: press MENU in the trigger control area.

 TFORce: press FORCE in the trigger control area.
 TMODe: press MODE in the trigger control area.
 RSTop: press RUN/STOP.
 QPRInt: press the print key.
 SRECord|ERECord: start or stop recording waveforms.
 PPAuse: start, pause or resume the playback of the recorded waveform (only valid when waveforms
are recorded).
 FFP10|FFP20|FFP30|FFP40|FFP50|FFP60|FFP70: rotate the outer layer of the navigation knob
clockwise. The number in the paramerter denotes the rotation step. Larger number corresponds to
faster rotating speed.
 FFN10|FFN20|FFN30|FFN40|FFN50|FFN60|FFN70: rotate the outer layer of the navigation knob
counterclockwise. The number in the paramerter denotes the rotation step. Larger number
corresponds to faster rotating speed.

2-264 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:KEY:INCRease

:SYSTem:KEY:DECRease

Syntax
:SYSTem:KEY:INCRease <key>[,<val>]
:SYSTem:KEY:DECRease <key>[,<val>]

Description
Rotate the specified knob clockwise.
Rotate the specified knob counterclockwise.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{VPOSition|VPOSition1|VPOSition2|
<key> Discrete VSCale|VSCale1|VSCale2|HSCale|HPOSition| --
KFUNction|TLEVel|SFINd}
Determined by the range of the parameter corresponding to
<val> Integer 1
<key> and the current setting of the parameter

Explanation
 The values of <key> correspond to the knob on the front panel of the oscilloscope. The definitions
are as follows.
VPOSition|VPOSition1: CH1 vertical position adjustment knob.
VPOSition2: CH2 vertical scale adjustment knob.
VSCaLe| VSCaLe1: CH1 vertical scale adjustment knob.
VSCaLe2: CH2 vertical scale adjustment knob.
HSCale: horizontal time base adjustment knob.
HPOSition: horizontal position adjustment knob.
KFUNction: multifunction knob. It can be used to adjust the waveform brightness (only valid when
the menu at the right side of the screen is hidden or the Display menu is opened).
TLEVel: trigger level adjustment knob.
SFINd: inner knob of the navigation knob.
 <val> defines the number of rotations of the specified knob. When the parameter is omitted, rotate
the specified knob once.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-265

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem:LANGuage

Syntax
:SYSTem:LANGuage <lang>
:SYSTem:LANGuage?

Description
Set or query the system language.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{SCHinese|TCHinese|KORean|JAPanese|ENGLish|GERMan|
<lang> Discrete --
PORTuguese|POLish|FRENch|RUSSian}

Return Format
The query returns SCH, TCH, KOR, JAP, ENGL, GERM, PORT, POL, FREN, or RUSS.

2-266 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:OPTion:INSTall

Syntax
:SYSTem:OPTion:INSTall <license>

Description
Install the option.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<license> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --

Explanation
<license> is the option license, and each instrument has one unique license. It is a 28-byte string and can
only contain uppercase English characters and numbers. After you purchase the desired option, you will
get the key to the option license. You can use the key to generate the option license by taking the
following steps:
1) Log in RIGOL official website (www.rigol.com); click License Activation to enter the "Registered
product license code" interface.
2) Enter the correct key, serial number (press Utility  System  System Info to get the
instrument serial number) and verification code in the product license register interface; click
Generate to acquire the option license. (Note: The hyphens in the license should be omitted.)

Example
:SYSTem:OPTion:INSTall PDUY9N9QTS9PQSWPLAETRD3UJHYA

:SYSTem:OPTion:UNINSTall

Syntax
:SYSTem:OPTion:UNINSTall

Description
Unload all the options installed.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-267

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem:OPTion:VALid?

Syntax
:SYSTem:OPTion:VALid? <module>

Description
Query the status of the options of the oscilloscope.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<module> Discrete {TRIGger|DECode|CAN|MEMDepth} --

Explanation
 TRIGger: advanced trigger option
 DECode: decoding option
 CAN: CAN protocol analysis option (include CAN trigger and CAN decoding)
 MEMDepth: deep memory depth option

Return Format
The query returns 0, 1, 2, or 3.
0: the option is not installed
1: the trial period of the option expires
2: original option is installed
3: valid trial option is installed

:SYSTem:PON

Syntax
:SYSTem:PON <power_on>
:SYSTem:PON?

Description
Set or query the configuration to be recalled when the oscilloscope is powered on after power-off.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<power_on> Discrete {LATest|DEFault} --

Explanation
 LATest: restore the oscilloscope to the setting at the last power-off.
 DEFault: restore the oscilloscope to the factory setting.

Return Format
The query returns LAT or DEF.

2-268 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:PSTatus

Syntax
:SYSTem:PSTatus <sat>
:SYSTem:PSTatus?

Description
Set or query the power status of the oscilloscope.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<sat> Discrete {DEFault|OPEN} --

Explanation
 DEFault: you need to press the power key on the front panel to start the oscilloscope after the
instrument is energized.
 OPEN: the oscilloscope starts directly after it is energized.

Return Format
The query returns DEF or OPEN.

:SYSTem:RAMount?

Syntax
:SYSTem:RAMount?

Description
Query the number of analog channels of the instrument.

Return Format
The query returns the number of analog channels of the instrument in integer. For this oscilloscope, the
query always returns 2.

:SYSTem:RESet

Syntax
:SYSTem:RESet

Description
Power on the system again.

Explanation
This command is applicable to instrument with 1.0 version hardware or higher.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-269

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem:SSAVer:TIME

Syntax
:SYSTem:SSAVer:TIME <time>
:SYSTem:SSAVer:TIME?

Description
Set or query the screen saver time.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{1MIN|2MIN|5MIN|15MIN|30MIN|
<time> Discrete OFF
45MIN|60MIN|2HOur|5HOur|OFF}

Explanation
After the oscilloscope enters idle state for the specified period of time, the screen saver program will be
enabled. OFF denotes do not use the screen saver program.

Return Format
The query returns the screen saver time currently set or OFF.

:SYSTem:SETup

Syntax
:SYSTem:SETup <setup_data>
:SYSTem:SETup?

Description
Send or read the data of the system setup file.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<setup_data> Refer to Explanation

Explanation
When sending the command, <setup_data> is a binary data block. The data stream is added directly
behind the command string to send the data in one operation.
When reading the data, make sure that the buffer is large enough to receive the data stream; otherwise,
the program might be abnormal during the reading.

The data stream format: Stream Block Header ::= #NX...X is used to describe the length of the data
stream. Wherein, # is the start denoter of the data stream. N is less than or equal to 9 and the N figures
followsing it denotes the length (number of bytes) of the data stream. For example, #9000002493;
wherein, N is 9 and 000002493 denotes that the length of the data stream is 2493byte.

2-270 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:SYSTem:TIME

Syntax
:SYSTem:TIME <hours>,<minutes>,<seconds>
:SYSTem:TIME?

Description
Set or query the system time.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<hours> Integer 0 to 23 --
<minutes> Integer 0 to 59 --
<seconds> Integer 0 to 59 --

Return Format
The query returns the current time in string.
Note: There is a certain delay between the return time and the set time because of the command
response time and other consideration.

:SYSTem:UDEVice

Syntax
:SYSTem:UDEVice <udv>
:SYSTem:UDEVice?

Description
Set or query the type of the device connected to the USB Device interface.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<udv> Discrete {COMPuter|PICTbridge} COMPuter

Explanation
The oscilloscope can communicate with a PC or PictBridge printer via the USB Device interface on the rear
panel.

Return Format
The query returns COMP.
When PICTbridge is selected, the PC cannot communicate with the instrument; therefore, the query
command cannot be used.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-271

RIGOL 2 Command System

:SYSTem:VERSion?

Syntax
:SYSTem:VERSion?

Description
Query the SCPI version number of the oscilloscope.

Return Format
The query always returns 1999.0.

2-272 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TIMebase Commands

 :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle
 :TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet
 :TIMebase:DELay:SCALe
 :TIMebase[:MAIN]:OFFSet
 :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe
 :TIMebase:HREF:MODE
 :TIMebase:HREF:POSition
 :TIMebase:MODE
 :TIMebase:VERNier

:TIMebase:DELay:ENABle

Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay:ENABle <bool>
:TIMebase:DELay:ENABle?

Description
Enable or disable the delayed sweep mode; or query the current status of the delayed sweep mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-273

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet

Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet <offset>
:TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the horizontal offset of the delayed sweep and the unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<offset> Real -(LeftTime - DelayRange/2) to (RightTime - DelayRange/2) 0
Note:
LeftTime = 7 x MainScale - MainOffset
RightTime = 7 x MainScale + MainOffset
DelayRange = 14 x DelayScale
For the MainScale, refer to the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe command; for the MainOffset, refer to
the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:OFFSet command; and for the DelayScale, refer to the :TIMebase:DELay:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the horizontal offset of the delayed sweep in scientific notation.

:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe

Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe <scale_value>
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe?

Description
Set or query the delayed sweep time base, and the unit is s/div.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<scale_value> Real (1.25/real-time sample rate) to the current main time base 500ns/div
Note: For the main time base, refer to the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe command.

Return Format
The query returns the delayed sweep time base in scientific notation.

2-274 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TIMebase[:MAIN]:OFFSet

Syntax
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:OFFSet <offset>
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:OFFSet?

Description
Set or query the horizontal offset of the main time base and the unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The range of <offset> is related to the horizontal time base mode (refer
to the :TIMebase:MODE) and the operating state of the oscilloscope.
 Y-T mode
RUN: When TimeScale is less than 10ms/div, the range of <offset>
is from (-MemDepth/SampleRate) to 1s.
When TimeScale is greater than or equal to 10ms/div, the
<offset> Real 0
range of <offset> is from (-MemDepth/SampleRate) to (100 x
TimeScale).
STOP: -7000s to 7000s
 Roll mode
RUN: This command is not available.
STOP: -7000s to 0
Note:
For the TimeScale, refer to the :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe command.
For the MemDepth, refer to the :ACQuire:MDEPth command.
For the SampleRate, refer to the :ACQuire:SRATe? command.

Return Format
The query returns the horizontal offset of the main time base in the scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-275

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe

Syntax
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe <scale_value>
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe?

Description
Set or query the main time base and the unit is s/div.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
The range is related to the horizontal time
base mode of the oscilloscope[1].
<scale_value> Real 1us/div
Y-T mode: 1ns/div[2] to 1ks/div
Roll mode: 200ms/div to 1ks/div
[1]
Note : Refer to the :TIMebase:MODE command.
[2]
Note : This value is different for different models. For MSO2302A/DS2302A/MSO2302A-S, it is 1ns/div. For
MSO2202A/DS2202A/MSO2202A-S, it is 2ns/div. For MSO2102A/DS2102A/MSO2102A-S, it is 5ns/div.

Return Format
The query returns the main time base in scientific notation.

2-276 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TIMebase:HREF:MODE

Syntax
:TIMebase:HREF:MODE <href>
:TIMebase:HREF:MODE?

Description
Set or query the horizontal reference mode; namely the refrence position of the horizontal expansion and
compression of the screen waveform.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<href> Discrete {CENTer|TPOSition|USER} CENTer

Explanation
 CENTer: when changing the horizontal time base, the oscilloscope expands or compresses the
waveform horizontally around the center of the screen.
 TPOSition: when changing the horizontal time base, the oscilloscope expands or compresses the
waveform horizontally around the trigger position.
 USER: when changing the horizontal time base, the oscilloscope expands or compresses the
waveform horizontally around the user-defined reference position. Refer to
the :TIMebase:HREF:POSition command.

Return Format
The query returns CENT, TPOS, or USER.

:TIMebase:HREF:POSition

Syntax
:TIMebase:HREF:POSition <pos>
:TIMebase:HREF:POSition?

Description
Set or query the user-defined reference position around which the waveform is expanded or compressed
horizontally.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<pos> Integer -350 to 350 0

Return Format
The query returns the user-defined reference position in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-277

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TIMebase:MODE

Syntax
:TIMebase:MODE <mode>
:TIMebase:MODE?

Description
Set or query the horizontal time base mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {MAIN|XY|ROLL} MAIN

Explanation
 MAIN: Y-T mode
 XY: X-Y mode
 ROLL: Roll mode

Return Format
The query returns MAIN, XY, or ROLL.

:TIMebase:VERNier

Syntax
:TIMebase:VERNier <bool>
:TIMebase:VERNier?

Description
Enable or disable the fine adjustment of the horizontal scale; or query the current status of the fine
adjustment of the horizontal scale.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

2-278 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRACe<n> Commands (For MSO2000A-S)

The [:TRACe<n>] commands are used to set the arbitrary waveform related parameters of the built-in
signal source. <n> denotes the corresponding built-in signal source channels and can be 1 or 2. When
[:TRACe<n>] is omitted, the operation is applied to Source1 by default.

 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA
 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC16
 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC
 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:LOAD?
 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts
 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts:INTerpolate
 [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:VALue

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA VOLATILE,<value>,<value> [,<value>[,<value>...]]

Description
Download the floating point voltage values to the volatile memory of the specified signal source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<value> Real -1 to 1 --
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 <value> denotes the floating point voltage values. -1 and 1 correspond to the minimum and
maximum values of the waveform amplitude respectively. For example, when the amplitude is 5Vpp
and the offset is 0VDC, -1 corresponds to -2.5V and 1 corresponds to 2.5V. This command will
overwrite the previous waveform in the volatile memory (no error will be generated).
 2 to 16384 points can be downloaded each time.
 After sending this command, the specified signal source channel switches to volatile waveform
output automatically. While at the same time, the number of initial points is modified. Users can edit
the data downloaded using this command on the instrument.

Example
:DATA VOLATILE,0.25,-0.5 /*Download two floating point voltage values into the volatile memory of
the source 1*/

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-279

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC16

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC16 VOLATILE,<flag>,<binary_block_data>

Description
Download binary data block into the volatile memory of the specified signal source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<flag> Discrete {END} --
<binary_block_data> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 This command consists of two parts: the command string ([:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC16
VOLATILE,<flag>) and the bianry data (<binary_block_data>).
 <flag> denotes the data transmission status and can only be set to END which denotes the data
transmission finishes.
 <binary_block_data> denotes the binary data to be downloaded. The data length ranges from
4Bytes (2pts) to 32kBytes (16kpts). <binary_block_data> is a binary data block starts with #. For
example, #516384 binary data; the number 5 behind # denotes that the data length information
(16384) occupies 5 characters. 16384 denotes the number of bytes of the binary data. As each
waveform point corresponds to two bytes of binary number (the range is from 0000 to 3FFF; 0000
and 3FFF correspond to the minimum and maximum values of the waveform amplitude respectively),
the number of bytes must be an even number.
 When the data transmission completion denoter END is recieved, the instrument switches to
arbitrary waveform output automatically.

2-280 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:DAC VOLATILE, {<binary_block_data>|<value>,<value>[,<value>[,<value>...]]}

Description
Download binary data block or decimal DAC values to the volatile memory of the specified signal source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<binary_block_data> ASCII string Refer to Explanation --
<value> Integer 0 to 16383 --
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 <binary_block_data> denotes the binary data to be downloaded. The data length is from 4Bytes
(2pts) to 32768Bytes (16kpts). <binary_block_data> is a binary data block starts with #. For
example, #516384 binary data; the number 5 behind # denotes that the data length information
(16384) occupies 5 characters. 16384 denotes the number of bytes of the binary data. As each
waveform point corresponds to two bytes of binary number (the range is from 0000 to 3FFF; 0000
and 3FFF correspond to the minimum and maximum values of the waveform amplitude respectively),
the number of bytes must be an even number.
 <value> denotes the decimal DAC values. 0 and 16383 correspond to the minimum and maximum
values of the waveform amplitude respectively. For example, when the amplitude is 5Vpp and the
offset is 0VDC, 0 corresponds to -2.5V and 16383 corresponds to 2.5V. The range of the number of
waveform points is from 2pts to 16384pts. For example, 5 waveform point data are sent by
the :DATA:DAC VOLATILE,0,16383,8192,0,16383 command.
 After sending this command, the specified signal source channel switches to volatile waveform
output automatically. While at the same time, the number of initial points is modified. Users can edit
the data downloaded using this command on the instrument.

Example
:DATA:DAC VOLATILE,0,16383,8192,0,16383

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-281

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:LOAD?

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:LOAD? 1

Description
Read the specified data packet in the volatile memory of the specified signal source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Return Format
The query returns a binary data block. The data block header is #9000032768 followed by 32768 bytes
binary data.

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts VOLATILE, {<point>|MINimum|MAXimum}
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts? VOLATILE[,MINimum|MAXimum]

Description
Set or query the number of initial points of the arbitrary waveform of the specified signal source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<point> Integer 1 to 16384 2
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 This command sets the amplitudes of the initial points of the volatile waveform to 0μV automatically.
 After sending this command, you can use the [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:VALue command to modify the
voltage of the specified point.

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 1 and 16384.

Example
:DATA:POINts VOLATILE,200

2-282 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts:INTerpolate

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts:INTerpolate <mode>
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts:INTerpolate?

Description
Set or query the interpolation mode of the editable points of the arbitrary waveform of the specified signal
source channel.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {LINear|OFF} OFF
<n> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
 LINear: linear interpolation. The waveform editor connects two adjacent editable points using a
straight line.
 OFF: turn off linear interpolation. The waveform editor will keep a constant voltage level between
two adjacent editable points and create a ladder-like waveform.

Return Format
The query returns LIN or OFF.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-283

RIGOL 2 Command System

[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:VALue

Syntax
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:VALue VOLATILE,<point>,<data>
[:TRACe<n>]:DATA:VALue? VOLATILE,<point>

Description
Modify or query the decimal value of the specified point in the volatile memory of the specified signal
source.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<point> Integer 1 to the number of initial points --
<data> Integer 0 to 16383 --
<n> Integer {1|2} 1

Explanation
 This command is only valid when the current output is volatile waveform.
 The number of initial points can be set by the [:TRACe<n>]:DATA:POINts command.
 <data> denotes the decimal value. 0 and 16383 correspond to the minimum and maximum values of
the waveform amplitude respectively. For example, when the amplitude is 5Vpp and the offset is 0VDC,
0 corresponds to -2.5V and 16383 corresponds to 2.5V.

Return Format
The query returns the decimal value of the specified point in the volatile memory of the specified signal
source in integer.

Example
:DATA:VALue VOLATILE,200,500
:DATA:VALue? VOLATILE,200

2-284 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger Commands

 :TRIGger:COUPling
 :TRIGger:HOLDoff
 :TRIGger:MODE
 :TRIGger:NREJect
 :TRIGger:STATus?
 :TRIGger:SWEep
 :TRIGger:CAN (Option)
 :TRIGger:DELay (Option)
 :TRIGger:DURATion (Option)
 :TRIGger:EDGe
 :TRIGger:IIC
 :TRIGger:NEDGe (Option)
 :TRIGger:PATTern
 :TRIGger:PULSe
 :TRIGger:RS232
 :TRIGger:RUNT
 :TRIGger:SHOLd
 :TRIGger:SLOPe
 :TRIGger:SPI
 :TRIGger:TIMeout (Option)
 :TRIGger:USB (Option)
 :TRIGger:VIDeo (HDTV Option)
 :TRIGger:WINDows (Option)

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-285

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:COUPling

Syntax
:TRIGger:COUPling <couple>
:TRIGger:COUPling?

Description
Set or query the trigger coupling mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<couple> Discrete {DC|AC|LFReject|HFReject} DC

Explanation
 DC: allow DC and AC components to pass through the trigger path.
AC: block the DC components and attanuate signals lower than 75Hz.
LFReject: block the DC components and reject the low frequency components (lower than 75kHz).
HFReject: reject the high frequency components (higher than 75kHz).
 Trigger coupling is only valid in edge trigger.
 The trigger coupling setting is invalid when the trigger source is a digital channel.

Return Format
The query returns AC, DC, LFR, or HFR.

:TRIGger:HOLDoff

Syntax
:TRIGger:HOLDoff <value>
:TRIGger:HOLDoff?

Description
Set or query the trigger holdoff time. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<value> Real 100ns to 10s 100ns

Explanation
This setting is not available for the Nth edge trigger, video trigger, timeout trigger, setup/hold trigger,
RS232 trigger, I2C trigger, SPI trigger, USB trigger, and CAN trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger holdoff time in scientific notation.

2-286 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:MODE

Syntax
:TRIGger:MODE <mode>
:TRIGger:MODE?

Description
Set or query the trigger type.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{EDGE|PULSe|RUNT|WIND|NEDG|SLOPe|VIDeo|PATTern|
<mode> Discrete EDGE
DELay|TIMeout|DURATion|SHOLd|RS232|IIC|SPI|USB|CAN }

Return Format
The query returns EDGE, PULS, RUNT, WIND, NEDG, SLOP, VID, PATT, DEL, TIM, DURAT, SHOL, RS232,
IIC, SPI, USB, or CAN.

:TRIGger:NREJect

Syntax
:TRIGger:NREJect <bool>
:TRIGger:NREJect?

Description
Enable or disable noise rejection; or query the current status of noise rejection.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bool> Bool {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}} 0|OFF

Explanation
The noise rejection function is invalid when the trigger source is a digital channel.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-287

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:STATus?

Syntax
:TRIGger:STATus?

Description
Query the current trigger status.

Return Format
The query returns TD, WAIT, RUN, AUTO, or STOP.

2-288 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SWEep

Syntax
:TRIGger:SWEep <sweep>
:TRIGger:SWEep?

Description
Set or query the trigger mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<sweep> Discrete {AUTO|NORMal|SINGle} AUTO

Explanation
 AUTO:
After this mode is selected, the oscilloscope starts searching for trigger signals that meet the
specified condition. If trigger signals that meet the specified condition are found, "T’D" is displayed at
the upper-left corner of the user interface and stable waveform is displayed. Otherwise, "AUTO" is
displayed and unstable waveform is displayed.
 NORMal:
After this mode is selected, the oscilloscope enters the wait-for-trigger state and starts searching for
trigger signals that meet the specified condition. If trigger signals that meet the specified condition
are found, "T’D" is displayed in the running status bar and stable waveform is displayed. Otherwise,
"WAIT" is displayed and the waveform of the last trigger (there is a last trigger) or no waveform
(there is not a last trigger) is displayed.
 SINGle:
When this mode is selected, the backlight of SINGLE turns on. The oscilloscope enters the
wait-for-trigger state and starts searching for trigger signals that meet the specified condition. If
trigger signals that meet the specified condition are found, "T’D" is displayed in the running status
bar and stable waveform is displayed. Then, the oscilloscope stops sweeping, the backlight of
RUN/STOP turns on and "STOP" is displayed in the running status bar. Otherwise, "WAIT" is
displayed in the running status bar and no waveform is displayed.

Return Format
The query returns AUTO, NORM, or SING.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-289

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:CAN (Option)

 :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD
 :TRIGger:CAN:BUSer
 :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce
 :TRIGger:CAN:STYPe
 :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN
 :TRIGger:CAN:SPOint
 :TRIGger:CAN:FTYPe
 :TRIGger:CAN:LEVel

:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD <baud_rate>
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD?

Description
Set or query the signal rate of CAN trigger. The unit is b/s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{10000|20000|33300|50000|62500|83300|100000|
<baud_rate> Discrete 10000
125000|250000|500000|800000|1000000|USER}

Explanation
When USER is selected, you can use the :TRIGger:CAN:BUSer command to set the signal rate.

Return Format
The query returns the signal rate of CAN trigger in integer or returns USER.

2-290 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:CAN:BUSer

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:BUSer <user baud>
:TRIGger:CAN:BUSer?

Description
Set or query the user-defined signal rate of CAN trigger. The unit is b/s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<user baud> Integer 10000 to 1000000 50000

Return Format
The query returns the user-defined signal rate of CAN trigger in integer.

:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of CAN trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-291

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:CAN:STYPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:STYPe <stype>
:TRIGger:CAN:STYPe?

Description
Set or query the signal type of CAN trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<stype> Discrete {RX|TX|H|L|DIFFerential} RX

Return Format
The query returns RX, TX, H, L, or DIFF.

:TRIGger:CAN:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:CAN:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of CAN trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {SOF|EOF|FTYPe|FERRor} SOF
Note: When the trigger condition is set to FTYPe (frame type), you can use the :TRIGger:CAN:FTYPe command to
specify the frame type.

Explanation
 SOF (start frame): trigger on the start frame of the data frame.
 EOF (end frame): trigger on the end frame of the data frame.
 FTYPe (frame type): trigger when the specified type of frame is detected.
 FERRor (error frame): trigger when the frame with the specified type of error is detected.

Return Format
The query returns SOF, EOF, FTYP, or FERR.

2-292 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:CAN:SPOint

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:SPOint <spo>
:TRIGger:CAN:SPOint?

Description
Set or query the sample point (expressed in percentage) of CAN trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<spo> Integer 5 to 95 50

Return Format
The query returns the sample point of CAN trigger in integer.

:TRIGger:CAN:FTYPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:FTYPe <ftype>
:TRIGger:CAN:FTYPe?

Description
Set ro query the frame type of CAN trigger (when the trigger condition is FTYPe).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<ftype> Discrete {DATA|REMote|ERRor|OVERload} DATA

Explanation
When the CAN trigger condition is set to FTYPe (frame type) (:TRIGger:CAN:WHEN), you can use this
command to set the oscilloscope to trigger when the specified type of frame is detected.

Return Format
The query returns DATA, REM, ERR, or OVER.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-293

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:CAN:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:CAN:LEVel <level>
:TRIGger:CAN:LEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of CAN trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2. The unit
is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the CAN trigger source, please refer to the :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce command.
 When the trigger source of CAN trigger is a digital channel, please use the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold
command to set or query the threshold level of CAN trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of CAN trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 in
scientific notation.

2-294 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:DELay (Option)

 :TRIGger:DELay:SA
 :TRIGger:DELay:SB
 :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPA
 :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPB
 :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer
 :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer
 :TRIGger:DELay:TYPe

:TRIGger:DELay:SA
:TRIGger:DELay:SB

Syntax
:TRIGger:DELay:SA <SourceA>
:TRIGger:DELay:SA?
:TRIGger:DELay:SB <SourceB>
:TRIGger:DELay:SB?

Description
Set or query the source channel of signal source A of delay trigger.
Set or query the source channel of signal source B of delay trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sourceA> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sourceB> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-295

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPA
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPB

Syntax
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPA <slope>
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPA?
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPB <slope>
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPB?

Description
Set or query the edge type of signal source A of delay trigger.
Set or query the edge type of signal source B of delay trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<slope> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} POSitive

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer

Syntax
:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer <tlower>
:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer?

Description
Set or query the lower limit of the delay time of delay trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the delay type is GREater: 2ns to 4s
<tlower> Real 1us
When the delay type is GLESs or GOUT: 2ns to 3.99s
Note: For the delay type of delay trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:DELay:TYPe command.

Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the delay time of delay trigger in scientific notation.

2-296 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer

Syntax
:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer <tupper>
:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the delay time of delay trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the delay type is LESS: 2ns to 4 s
<tupper> Real 2us
When the delay type is GLESs or GOUT: 12ns to 4s
Note: For the delay type of delay trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:DELay:TYPe command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the delay time of delay trigger in scientific notation.

:TRIGger:DELay:TYPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:DELay:TYPe <type>
:TRIGger:DELay:TYPe?

Description
Set or query the delay type of delay trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {GREater|LESS|GLESs|GOUT} GREater

Explanation
 GREater: trigger when the time difference (△T) between the specified edges of source A and source
B is greater than the preset time limit.
 LESS: trigger when the time difference (△T) between the specified edges of source A and source B is
lower than the preset time limit.
 GLESs: trigger when the time difference (△T) between the specified edges of source A and source B
is greater than the preset time lower limit and lower than the preset time upper limit.
Note: The time lower limit must be lower than the time upper limit.
 GOUT: trigger when the time difference (△T) between the specified edges of source A and source B
is lower than the preset time lower limit or greater than the preset time upper limit.
Note: The time lower limit must be lower than the time upper limit.

Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, GLES or GOUT.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-297

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:DURATion (Option)

 :TRIGger:DURATion:SOURce
 :TRIGger:DURATion:TLOWer
 :TRIGger:DURATion:TUPPer
 :TRIGger:DURATion:TYPe
 :TRIGger:DURAtion:WHEN

:TRIGger:DURATion:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:DURATion:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:DURATion:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of duration trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

:TRIGger:DURATion:TLOWer

Syntax
:TRIGger:DURATion:TLOWer <tlower>
:TRIGger:DURATion:TLOWer?

Description
Set or query the lower limit of the duration time of duration trigger. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger condition is GREater: 2ns to 4s
<tlower> Real 1us
When the trigger condition is GLESs: 2ns to 3.99s
Note: For the trigger condition of duration trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:DURAtion:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the duration time of duration trigger in scientific notation.

2-298 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:DURATion:TUPPer

Syntax
:TRIGger:DURATion:TUPPer <tupper>
:TRIGger:DURATion:TUPPer?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the duration time of duration trigger. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger condition is LESS: 2ns to 4s
<tupper> Real 2us
When the trigger condition is GLESs: 12ns to 4s
Note: For the trigger condition of duration trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:DURAtion:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the duration time of duration trigger in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-299

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:DURATion:TYPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:DURATion:TYPe <pa_ch1>[,<pa_ch2>[,<pa_d0>…[,<pa_d15>]]]
:TRIGger:DURATion:TYPe?

Description
Set or query the pattern of each channel of duration trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<pa_ch1> Discrete {H,L,X} X
<pa_ch2> Discrete {H,L,X} X
<pa_d0> Discrete {H,L,X} X
…… …… …… ……
<pa_d15> Discrete {H,L,X} X

Explanation
 The patterns consist of 2 analog channels and 16 digital channels.
 <pa_ch1> and <pa_ch2> set the patterns of analog channels CH1 and CH2. <pa_d0> to <pa_d15>
set the patterns of digital channels D0 to D15. Users can send 18 parameters to set the pataterns of
all the channels. Users can also omit some parameters to set the patterns of some of the channels
(the pattern states of the channels of which the parameters are omitted remains unchanged), but at
least one parameter (this parameter sets the pattern of CH1) should be sent. When the number of
parameters sent is less than 18, the instrument sets the channels in CH1, CH2, and D0 to D15 order.
No matter whether parameters are omitted, the query command returns the patterns currently set
for all the channels (18).
 In the range of the parameter, H represents high level (higher than the threshold level of the
channel). L represents low level (lower than the threshold level of the channel). X denotes that this
channel is ignored (this channel is not used as a part of the pattern. When all the channels in the
pattern are set to X, the oscilloscope will not trigger).
 Please distinguish "omit parameter" from "ignore channel". The former means that the parameters
corresponding to some channels are not sent when sending the command and the pattern states of
these channels remain unchanged. The latter means that the channel is set to X when sending the
command and the state of this channel is ignored when the instrument judges the patterns.

Return Format
The query returns the patterns of all the channels (18) of duration trigger.

Example
:TRIGger:DURATion:TYPe L,H /*Set the patterns of CH1 and CH2 to L and H respectively. The pattern
states of D0 to D15 remain unchanged*/
:TRIGger:DURATion:TYPe? /*The query returns L,H,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X*/

2-300 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:DURAtion:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:DURATion:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:DURATion:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of duration trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {GREater|LESS|GLESs} GREater

Explanation
 GREater: you need to specify a time. The oscilloscope triggers when the duration of the pattern is
greater than the preset time.
 LESS: you need to specify a time. The oscilloscope triggers when the duration of the pattern is lower
than the preset time.
 GLESs: you need to specify an upper limit of the time and lower limit of the time. The oscilloscope
triggers when the duration of the pattern is lower than the preset upper limit of the time and greater
than the preset lower limit of the time.

Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, or GLES.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-301

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:EDGe

 :TRIGger:EDGe:LEVel
 :TRIGger:EDGe:SLOPe
 :TRIGger:EDGe:SOURce

:TRIGger:EDGe:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:EDGe:LEVel <level>
:TRIGger:EDGe:LEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of edge trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1, CHANnel2, or EXT. The
unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
When the trigger source is EXT: -4V to 4V
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the trigger source of edge trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:EDGe:SOURce command.
 When the trigger source of edge trigger is a digital channel, please use the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold
command to set or query the threshold level of edge trigger.
 When the trigger source of edge trigger is ACLine, you do not need to set this parameter.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of edge trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1, CHANnel2, or
EXT in scientific notation.

2-302 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:EDGe:SLOPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:EDGe:SLOPe <slope>
:TRIGger:EDGe:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the edge type of edge trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<slope> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative|RFALl} POSitive

Explanation
 POSitive: trigger on the rising edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset
trigger level.
 NEGative: trigger on the falling edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset
trigger level.
 RFALl: trigger on the rising or falling edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset
trigger level.

Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or RFAL.

:TRIGger:EDGe:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:EDGe:SOURce <src>
:TRIGger:EDGe:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of edge trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|
<src> Discrete CHANnel1
D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|EXT|ACLine}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, EXT, or ACL.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-303

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:IIC

 :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess
 :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth
 :TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel
 :TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel
 :TRIGger:IIC:DATA
 :TRIGger:IIC:DIRection
 :TRIGger:IIC:SCL
 :TRIGger:IIC:SDA
 :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN

:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess <adr>
:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess?

Description
Set or query the address value of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is Address or A&D.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
n
<adr> Integer 0 to 2 -1 1
n
Note: In the expression 2 -1, n is the current address bits (refer to the :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth command) and can be
7, 8, or 10. Therefore, the range of <adr> can be 0 to 127, 0 to 255, or 0 to 1023.

Explanation
To set the trigger condition of I2C trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the address value of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is Address or A&D in
integer.

2-304 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth <bits>
:TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth?

Description
Set or query the number of bits of the address of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is Address or
A&D.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bits> Discrete {7|8|10} 7

Explanation
To set the trigger condition of I2C trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns 7, 8, or 10.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-305

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel
:TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel?
:TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of I2C trigger when the channel source of the clock line is CHANnel1 or
CHANnel2. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.
Set or query the trigger level of I2C trigger when the channel source of the data line is CHANnel1 or
CHANnel2. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the channel sources of the clock line and the data line, please refer to the :TRIGger:IIC:SCL
and :TRIGger:IIC:SDA commands respectively.
 When the channel source of the clock line or the data line of I2C trigger is a digital channel, please
use the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold command to set or query the threshold level of the clock line or the
data line channel source of I2C trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of I2C trigger when the channel source of the clock line or the data line
is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 in scientific notation.

2-306 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:IIC:DATA

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:DATA <dat>
:TRIGger:IIC:DATA?

Description
Set or query the data value of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is Data or A&D.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<dat> Integer Refer to Explanation 0

Explanation
 To set the trigger condition of I2C trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN command.
 The maximum range available for <dat> is from 0 to 240-1. The actual range available is related to
the length of the data byte currently set (ByteLength; an integer from 1 to 5) and is from 0 to
(28 x ByteLength - 1).

Return Format
The query returns the data value of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is Data or A&D in integer.

:TRIGger:IIC:DIRection

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:DIRection <dir>
:TRIGger:IIC:DIRection?

Description
Set or query the data direction of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is Address or A&D.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<dir> Discrete {READ|WRITe|RWRite} READ

Explanation
To set trigger condition of I2C trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns READ, WRIT, or RWR.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-307

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:IIC:SCL
:TRIGger:IIC:SDA

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:SCL <scl>
:TRIGger:IIC:SCL?
:TRIGger:IIC:SDA <sda>
:TRIGger:IIC:SDA?

Description
Set or query the channel source of the clock line of I2C trigger.
Set or query the channel source of the data line of I2C trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<scl> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sda> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-308 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:IIC:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:IIC:WHEN <trig_type>
:TRIGger:IIC:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of I2C trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<trig_type> Discrete {STARt|RESTart|STOP|NACKnowledge|ADDRess|DATA|ADATa} STARt

Explanation
 STARt: trigger when SDA data transitions from high level to low level while SCL is high level.
 RESTart: trigger when another start condition occurs before a stop condition.
 STOP: trigger when SDA data transitions from low level to high level while SCL is high level.
 NACKnowledge: trigger when the SDA data is high level during any acknowledgement of SCL clock
bit.
 ADDRess: the trigger searches for the specified address value and trigger on the read/write bit.
 DATA: the trigger searches for the specified data value on the SDA and trigger on th SCL jumping
edge of the last bit of the data.
 ADATa: search for the specified address and data values at the same time and trigger when the
"Address" and "Data" conditions are met at the same time.

Return Format
The query returns STAR, REST, STOP, NACK, ADDR, DATA, or ADAT.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-309

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:NEDGe (Option)

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE
 :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE
 :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel
 :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe
 :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce

:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE

Syntax
:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE <NR1>
:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE?

Description
Set or query the edge number of Nth edge trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR1> Integer 1 to 65535 2

Return Format
The query returns an integer between 1 and 65535.

:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE

Syntax
:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE <NR3>
:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE?

Description
Set or query the idle time of Nth edge trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR3> Real 16ns to 4s 100ns

Return Format
The query returns the idle time value in scientific notation.

2-310 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel <level>
:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of Nth edge trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2. The
unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real -5×VerticalScale–OFFSet to +5×VerticalScale–OFFSet 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the trigger source of Nth edge trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce command.
 When the trigger source of Nth edge trigger is a digital channel, please use
the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold command to set or query the threshold level of Nth edge trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of Nth edge trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2
in scientific notation.

:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe <slope>
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the edge type of Nth edge trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<slope> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} POSitive

Return Format
The query returns POSitive or NEGative.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-311

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of Nth egde trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-312 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:PATTern

 :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel
 :TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern
 :TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce

:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel <chan>,<level>
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel? <chan>

Description
Set or query the trigger level of CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 of pattern trigger. The unit is the same with the
current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<chan> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1
<level> Real -5×VerticalScale–OFFSet to +5×VerticalScale–OFFSet 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
If needed, please use the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold command to set or query the threshold levels of the
digital channels of pattern trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 of pattern trigger in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-313

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern

Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern <pa_ch1>[,<pa_ch2>[,<pa_d0>…[,<pa_d15>]]]
:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern?

Description
Set or query the pattern of each channel of pattern trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<pa_ch1> Discrete {H,L,X,R,F} X
<pa_ch2> Discrete {H,L,X,R,F} X
<pa_la0> Discrete {H,L,X,R,F} X
…… …… …… ……
<pa_la15> Discrete {H,L,X,R,F} X

Explanation
 The patterns consist of 2 analog channels and 16 digital channels.
 <pa_ch1> and <pa_ch2> set the patterns of analog channels CH1 and CH2. <pa_d0> to <pa_d15>
set the patterns of digital channels D0 to D15. Users can send 18 parameters to set the pataterns of
all the channels. Users can also omit some parameters to set the patterns of some of the channels
(the pattern states of the channels of which the parameters are omitted remains unchanged), but at
least one parameter (this parameter sets the pattern of CH1) should be sent. When the number of
parameters sent is less than 18, the instrument sets the channels in CH1, CH2 and D0 to D15 order.
No matter whether parameters are omitted, the query command returns the patterns currently set
for all the channels (18).
 H: high level (higher than the threshold level of the channel).
L: low level (lower than the threshold level of the channel).
X: ignore this channel (this channel is not used as a part of the pattern). When all the channels in the
pattern are set to X, the oscilloscope will not trigger.
R, F: rising edge, falling edge. In the pattern, you cannot specify multiple channels as rising edge or
falling edge at the same time. If an edge item is already defined and then another edge item is
defined in another channel in the pattern, the edge item defined formerly will be replaced by X).
 Please distinguish "omit parameter" from "ignore channel". The former means that the parameters
corresponding to some channels are not sent when sending the command and the pattern states of
these channels remain unchanged. The latter means that the channel is set to X when sending the
command and the state of this channel is ignored when the instrument judges the patterns.

Return Format
The query returns the patterns of all the channels (18).

Example
:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern H,R /*Set the patterns of CH1 and CH2 to H and R respectively. The
pattern states of D0 to D15 remain unchanged*/
:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern? /*The query returns H,R,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X*/

2-314 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of pattern trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-315

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:PULSe

 :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel
 :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth
 :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
 :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth
 :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN

:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel <level>
:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of pulse trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1, CHANnel2, or EXT.
The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2:
<level> Real -5×VerticalScale–OFFSet to +5×VerticalScale–OFFSet 0
When the trigger source is EXT: -4V to 4V
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the trigger source of pulse trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce command.
 When the trigger source of pulse trigger is a digital channel, please use the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold
command to set or query the threshold level of pulse trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of pulse trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1, CHANnel2, or
EXT in scientific notation.

2-316 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth

Syntax
:TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth <width>
:TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth?

Description
Set or query the lower limit of the pulse width of pulse trigger. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger condition is PGReater or NGReater: 2ns to 4s
<width> Real 1us
When the trigger condition is PGLess or NGLess: 2ns to 3.99s
Note: For the trigger condition of pulse trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the pulse width of pulse trigger in scientific notation.

:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of pulse trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2|EXT}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1,
CHAN2, or EXT.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-317

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth

Syntax
:TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth <width>
:TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the pulse width of pulse trigger. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger condition is PLESs or NLESs: 2ns to 4s
<width> Real 2us
When the trigger condition is PGLess or NGLess: 10ns to 4s
Note: For the trigger condition of pulse trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the pulse width of pulse trigger in scientific notation.

2-318 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of pulse trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {PGReater|PLESs|NGReater|NLESs|PGLess|NGLess} PGReater

Explanation
 PGReater: you need to specify a pulse width (refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the positive pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified
pulse width.
 PLESs: you need to specify a pulse width (refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the positive pulse width of the input signal is lower than the specified
pulse width.
 NGReater: you need to specify a pulse width (refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the negative pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified
pulse width.
 NLESs: you need to specify a pulse width (refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the negative pulse width of the input signal is lower than the specified
pulse width.
 PGLess: you need to specify an upper (refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth command) and a lower
(refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth command) pulse width. The oscilloscope triggers when the
positive pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified lower pulse width and lower than
the upper pulse width.
 NGLess: you need to specify an upper (refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth command) and a lower
(refer to the :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth command) pulse width. The oscilloscope triggers when the
negative pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified lower pulse width and lower
than the upper pulse width.

Return Format
The query returns PGR, PLES, NGR, NLES, PGL, or NGL.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-319

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:RS232

 :TRIGger:RS232:BAUD
 :TRIGger:RS232:BUSer
 :TRIGger:RS232:DATA
 :TRIGger:RS232:LEVel
 :TRIGger:RS232:PARity
 :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce
 :TRIGger:RS232:STOP
 :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN
 :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh

:TRIGger:RS232:BAUD

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:BAUD <baud_rate>
:TRIGger:RS232:BAUD?

Description
Set or query the baud rate of RS232 trigger. The unit is bps.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{2400|4800|9600|19200|38400|57600|115200|230400|
<baud_rate> Discrete 9600
460800|921600|1000000|USER}

Explanation
When USER is selected, use the :TRIGger:RS232:BUSer comamnd to set the baud rate.

Return Format
The query returns the baud rate of RS232 trigger in integer or returns USER.

2-320 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:RS232:BUSer

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:BUSer <user baud>
:TRIGger:RS232:BUSer?

Description
Set or query the user-defined baud rate of RS232 trigger. The unit is bps.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<user baud> Integer 110 to 20000000 9600

Return Format
The query returns the user-defined baud rate of RS232 trigger in integer.

:TRIGger:RS232:DATA

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:DATA <data>
:TRIGger:RS232:DATA?

Description
Set or query the data value of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is Data.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
n
<data> Integer 0 to 2 -1 70
n
Note: In the expression 2 -1, n is the current data bits (refer to the :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh command).

Explanation
To set the trigger condition of RS232 trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the data value of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is Data in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-321

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:RS232:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:LEVel <level>
:TRIGger:RS232:LEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of RS232 trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2. The unit
is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the trigger source of RS232 trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce command.
 When the trigger source of RS232 trigger is a digital channel, please use
the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold command to set or query the threshold level of RS232 trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of RS232 trigger when the trigger source is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 in
scientific notation.

2-322 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:RS232:PARity

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:PARity <parity>
:TRIGger:RS232:PARity?

Description
Set or query the even-odd check mode of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is ERRor, PARity, or
DATA.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<parity> Discrete {EVEN|ODD|NONE} NONE
Note: The even-odd check mode can not be set to NONE when the trigger condition is PARity.

Explanation
To set the trigger condition of RS232 trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns EVEN, ODD, or NONE.

:TRIGger:RS232:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:RS232:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of RS232 trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-323

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:RS232:STOP

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:STOP <bit>
:TRIGger:RS232:STOP?

Description
Set or query the stop bit of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is ERRor, PARity, or DATA.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<bit> Discrete {1|2} 1

Explanation
To set the trigger condition of RS232 trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns 1 or 2.

:TRIGger:RS232:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:RS232:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of RS232 trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {STARt|ERRor|PARity|DATA} STARt

Explanation
 STARt: trigger on the start frame position.
 ERRor: trigger when error frame is detected.
 PARity: trigger when check error is detected.
 DATA: trigger on the last bit of the preset data bits.

Return Format
The query returns STAR, ERR, PAR, or DATA.

2-324 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh

Syntax
:TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh <width>
:TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh?

Description
Set or query the data bits of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is Data.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<width> Discrete {5|6|7|8} 8

Explanation
To set the trigger condition of RS232 trigger, refer to the :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns 5, 6, 7, or 8.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-325

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:RUNT

 :TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel
 :TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel
 :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
 :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
 :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN
 :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer
 :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer

:TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel
:TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel <alevel>
:TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel?
:TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel <blevel>
:TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the trigger level of runt trigger. The unit is the same with the current
amplitude unit.
Set or query the lower limit of the trigger level of runt trigger. The unit is the same with the current
amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<alevel> Real (-4.98 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 1
<blevel> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+4.98 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit or lower limit of the trigger level of runt trigger in scientific notation.

2-326 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of runt trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity

Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <polarity>
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?

Description
Set or query the pulse polarity of runt trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<polarity> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} POSitive

Explanation
 POSitive: trigger on the positive runt pulse.
 NEGative: trigger on the negative runt pulse.

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-327

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the qualifier of runt trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {NONE|GREater|LESS|GLESs} NONE

Explanation
 NONE: do not set the trigger condition of runt trigger.
 GREater: trigger when the runt pulse width is greater than the lower limit of pulse width (refer to
the :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer command).
 LESS: trigger when the runt pulse width is lower than the upper limit of pulse width (refer to
the :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer command).
 GLESs: trigger when the runt pulse width is greater than the lower limit (refer to
the :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer command) and lower than the upper limit (refer to
the :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer command) of pulse width.
Note: The lower limit of the pulse width must be lower than the upper limit.

Return Format
The query returns NONE, GRE, LESS, or GLES.

:TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer

Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer <NR3>
:TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer?

Description
Set or query the lower limit of the pulse width of runt trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the qualifier is GREater: 2ns to 4s
<NR3> Real 1us
When the qualifier is GLESs: 2ns to 3.99s
Note: For the qualifier of runt trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the pulse width in scientific notation.

2-328 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer

Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer <NR3>
:TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the pulse width of runt trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the qualifier is LESS: 2ns to 4s
<NR3> Real 2us
When the qualifier is GLESs: 10ns to 4s
Note: For the qualifier of runt trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the pulse width in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-329

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SHOLd

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSrc
 :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSrc
 :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe
 :TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern
 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
 :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe
 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPe

:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSrc
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSrc

Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSrc <csrc>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSrc?
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSrc <dsrc>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSrc?

Description
Set or query the channel source of the clock line of setup/hold trigger.
Set or query the channel source of the data line of setup/hold trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<csrc> Discrete CHANnel1
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|
<dsrc> Discrete CHANnel2
D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-330 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe

Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe <NR3>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe?

Description
Set or query the hold time of setup/hold trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR3> Real 2ns to 1s 50ns

Explanation
 Hold time refers to the period of time that the data stays stable and constant after the clock signal of
the trigger appears.
 This command is available when the hold type (refer to the :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPe command) is set
to HOLd or SETHOLd.

Return Format
The query returns the hold time of setup/hold trigger in scientific notation.

:TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern

Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern <pattern>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern?

Description
Set or query the data type of setup/hold trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<pattern> Discrete {H|L} H

Return Format
The query returns H or L.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-331

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe <slope>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the edge type of setup/hold trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<slope> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} POSitive

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

:TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe

Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe <NR3>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe?

Description
Set or query the setup time of setup/hold trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR3> Real 2ns to 1s 50ns

Explanation
 Setup time refers to the period of time that the data stays stable and constant before the clock signal
of the trigger appears.
 This command is available when the hold type (refer to the :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPe command) is set
to SETup or SETHOLd.

Return Format
The query returns the setup time of setup/hold trigger in scientific notation.

2-332 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPe <type>
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPe?

Description
Set or query the hold type of setup/hold trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {SETup|HOLd|SETHOLd} SETup

Explanation
 SETup: the oscilloscope triggers when the setup time is less than the setting value (refer to
the :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe command).
 HOLd: the oscilloscope triggers when the hold time is less than the setting value (refer to
the :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe command).
 SETHOLd: the oscilloscope triggers when the setup time or hold time is less than the corresponding
setting value (refer to the :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe and :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe commands).

Return Format
The query returns SET, HOL, or SETHOL.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-333

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel
 :TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel
 :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer
 :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer
 :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce
 :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN
 :TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow

:TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel
:TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel <alevel>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel?
:TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel <blevel>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the trigger level of slope trigger. The unit is the same with the current
amplitude unit.
Set or query the lower limit of the trigger level of slope trigger. The unit is the same with the current
amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<alevel> Real (-4.98 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 1
<blevel> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+4.98 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit or lower limit of the trigger level of slope trigger in scientific notation.

2-334 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

Syntax
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer <time>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer?

Description
Set or query the lower limit of time of slope trigger. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger condition is PGReater or NGReater: 10ns to 1s
<time> Real 1us
When the trigger condition is PGLess or NGLess: 10ns to 999ms
Note: For the trigger condition of slope trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of time of slope trigger in scientific notation.

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

Syntax
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer <time>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of time of slope trigger. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
When the trigger condition is PLESs or NLESs: 10ns to 1s
<time> Real 2us
When the trigger condition is PGLess or NGLess: 20ns to 1s
Note: For the trigger condition of slope trigger, please refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of time of slope trigger in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-335

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of slope trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

2-336 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of slope trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {PGReater|PLESs|NGReater|NLESs|PGLess|NGLess} PGReater

Explanation
 PGReater: you need to specify a time value (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the positive slope time of the input signal is greater than the specified
time.
 PLESs: you need to specify a time value (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the positive slope time of the input signal is lower than the specified time.
 NGReater: you need to specify a time value (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the negative slope time of the input signal is greater than the specified
time.
 NLESs: you need to specify a time value (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer command). The
oscilloscope triggers when the negative slope time of the input signal is lower than the specified
time.
 PGLess: you need to specify an upper limit (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer command) and a
lower limit (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer command) of time. The oscilloscope triggers when
the positive slope time of the input signal is greater than the specified lower limit and lower than the
specified upper limit.
 NGLess: you need to specify an upper limit (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer command) and a
lower limit (refer to the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer command) of time. The oscilloscope triggers when
the negative slope time of the input signal is greater than the specified lower limit and lower than the
specified upper limit.

Return Format
The query returns PGR, PLES, NGR, NLES, PGL, or NGL.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-337

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow

Syntax
:TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow <window>
:TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow?

Description
Set or query the vertical window type of slope trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<window> Discrete {TA|TB|TAB} TA

Explanation
Different vertical windows correspond to different trigger level adjustment modes.
 TA: only adjust the upper limit of the trigger level.
 TB: only adjust the lower limit of the trigger level.
 TAB: adjust the upper and lower limits of the trigger level at the same time.

Return Format
The query returns TA, TB, or TAB.

2-338 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SPI

 :TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel
 :TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel
 :TRIGger:SPI:CS
 :TRIGger:SPI:DATA
 :TRIGger:SPI:MODE
 :TRIGger:SPI:SCL
 :TRIGger:SPI:SDA
 :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel
 :TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe
 :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout
 :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN
 :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-339

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel
:TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel?
:TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of SPI trigger when the channel source of the clock line is CHANnel1 or
CHANnel2. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.
Set or query the trigger level of SPI trigger when the channel source of the data line is CHANnel1 or
CHANnel2. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the channel sources of the clock line and the data line of SPI trigger, please refer to
the :TRIGger:SPI:SCL and :TRIGger:SPI:SDA commands respectively.
 When the channel source of the clock line or the data line of SPI trigger is a digital channel, please
use the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold command to set or query the threshold level of the channel source
of SCL or SDA of SPI trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of SPI trigger when the channel source of the clock line or data line is
CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 in scientific notation.

2-340 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SPI:CS

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:CS <source>
:TRIGger:SPI:CS?

Description
Set or query the source channel of the chip select line of SPI trigger when the trigger condition is CS.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

:TRIGger:SPI:DATA

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:DATA <data>
:TRIGger:SPI:DATA?

Description
Set or query the data value of SPI trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
n
<data> Integer 0 to 2 -1 0
n
Note: In the expression 2 -1, n is the current data bits (refer to the :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh command).

Return Format
The query returns the data value of SPI trigger in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-341

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SPI:MODE

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:MODE <mode>
:TRIGger:SPI:MODE?

Description
Set or query the chip select mode of SPI trigger when the trigger condition is CS.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {HIGH|LOW} HIGH

Explanation
 HIGH: indicate that chip select signal is valid when it is high level.
 LOW: indicate that chip select signal is valid when it is low level.

Return Format
The query returns HIGH or LOW.

:TRIGger:SPI:SCL
:TRIGger:SPI:SDA

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:SCL <scl>
:TRIGger:SPI:SCL?
:TRIGger:SPI:SDA <sda>
:TRIGger:SPI:SDA?

Description
Set or query the clock channel source of SPI trigger.
Set or query the data channel source of SPI trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<scl> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<sda> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-342 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of the chip select channel of SPI trigger when the source channel of the chip
select line (refer to the :TRIGger:SPI:CS command) is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2. The unit is the same as
the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
command.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of the chip select channel of SPI trigger when the source channel of
the chip select line is CHANnel1 or CHANnel2.

:TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe <slope>
:TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the edge type of the clock signal of SPI trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<slope> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} POSitive

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-343

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout <time_value>
:TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout?

Description
Set or query the timeout time of SPI trigger when the trigger condition is TIMeout. The unit is s.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<time_value> Real 100ns to 1s 1us

Return Format
The query returns the timeout time of SPI trigger when the trigger condition is TIMeout in scientific
notation.

2-344 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:SPI:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:WHEN <when>
:TRIGger:SPI:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of SPI trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<when> Discrete {CS|TIMeout} TIMeout

Explanation
 CS: It indicates that when the chip select (CS) signal is valid, the oscilloscope begins to search for
data that meets the conditions, then it triggers after the data is found.
 TIMeout: After the clock signal remains in the idle state for a specified time, the oscilloscope begins
to search for data that meets the conditions, then it triggers after the data is found.

Return Format
The query returns CS or TIM.

Related Commands
:TRIGger:SPI:CS
:TRIGger:SPI:MODE
:TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel
:TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout

:TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh

Syntax
:TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh <width>
:TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh?

Description
Set or query the number of bits of data of SPI trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<width> Integer 4 to 32 8

Return Format
The query returns the number of bits of data of SPI trigger in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-345

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:TIMeout (Option)

 :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce
 :TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe
 :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIMe

:TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of timeout trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<source> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-346 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe <slope>
:TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the edge type of timeout trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<slope> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative|ALTernate} POSitive

Explanation
 POSitive: start timing when the rising edge of the input signal passes through the trigger level.
 NEGative: start timing when the falling edge of the input signal passes through the trigger level.
 ALTernate: start timing when any edge of the input signal passes through the trigger level.

Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or ALT.

:TRIGger:TIMeout:TIMe

Syntax
:TRIGger:TIMeout:TIMe <NR3>
:TRIGger:TIMeout:TIMe?

Description
Set or query the timeout time of timeout trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR3> Real 16ns to 4s 1us

Return Format
The query returns the timeout time of timeout trigger in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-347

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:USB (Option)

 :TRIGger:USB:DMINus
 :TRIGger:USB:DPLus
 :TRIGger:USB:MLEVel
 :TRIGger:USB:PLEVel
 :TRIGger:USB:SPEed
 :TRIGger:USB:WHEN

:TRIGger:USB:DMINus
:TRIGger:USB:DPLus

Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:DMINus <dm>
:TRIGger:USB:DMINus?
:TRIGger:USB:DPLus <dp>
:TRIGger:USB:DPLus?

Description
Set or query the channel source of the D- data line of USB trigger.
Set or query the channel source of the D+ data line of USB trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<dm> Discrete CHANnel2
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|
<dp> Discrete CHANnel1
D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|CHANnel1|CHANnel2}

Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, or
CHAN2.

2-348 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:USB:MLEVel
:TRIGger:USB:PLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:MLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:USB:MLEVel?
:TRIGger:USB:PLEVel <level>
:TRIGger:USB:PLEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of USB trigger when the channel source of the D- data line is CHANnel1 or
CHANnel2. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.
Set or query the trigger level of USB trigger when the channel source of the D+ data line is CHANnel1 or
CHANnel2. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Explanation
 To set the channel sources of the D- and D+ data line of USB trigger, please refer to
the :TRIGger:USB:DMINus and :TRIGger:USB:DPLus commands respectively.
 When the channel source of the D- or D+ data line of USB trigger is a digital channel, please use
the :LA:POD<n>:THReshold command to set or query the threshold level of the channel source of
the D- or D+ data line of USB trigger.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of USB trigger when the channel source of the D- or D+ data line is
CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-349

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:USB:SPEed

Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed <value>
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed?

Description
Set or query the signal speed of USB trigger

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<value> Discrete {LOW|FULL} LOW

Return Format
The query returns LOW or FULL.

:TRIGger:USB:WHEN

Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:WHEN <condition>
:TRIGger:USB:WHEN?

Description
Set or query the trigger condition of USB trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<condition> Discrete {SOP|EOP|RC|SUSPend|EXITsuspend} SOP

Explanation
 SOP: trigger at the sync bit at the start of the data packet (SOP).
 EOP: trigger at the end of the SEO portion of the EOP of the data packet.
 RC: trigger when SEO is greater than 10ms.
 SUSPend: trigger when the idle time of the bus is greater than 3ms.
 EXITsuspend: trigger when the bus exits from idle state for more than 10ms.

Return Format
The query returns SOP, EOP, RC, SUSP, or EXIT.

2-350 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:VIDeo (HDTV Option)

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE
 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel
 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
 :TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity
 :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce
 :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE

Syntax
:TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE <mode>
:TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE?

Description
Set or query the sync type of video trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {ODDField|EVENfield|LINE|ALINes} ALINes
Note: When the video standard is HDTV, the sync type could only be set to AllLine or Line Number. For the video
standard, refer to the :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard command.

Explanation
 ODDField: trigger on the rising edge of the first ramp waveform pulse in the odd field.
 EVENfield: trigger on the rising edge of the first ramp waveform pulse in the even field.
 LINE: trigger on the specified line. When this sync trigger mode is selected, you can use
the :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE command to specify a line number.
 ALINes: trigger on the first line found.

Return Format
The query returns ODDF, EVEN, LINE, or ALIN.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-351

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel <level>
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel?

Description
Set or query the trigger level of video trigger. The unit is the same with the current amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<level> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of video trigger in scientific notation.

2-352 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE

Syntax
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE <line>
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE?

Description
Set or query the line number of video trigger when the sync type is Line (refer to :TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE
command).

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
NTSC: 1 to 525
PAL/SECAM: 1 to 625
480P: 1 to 525
576P: 1 to 625
720P60HZ: 1 to 750
720P50HZ: 1 to 750
720P30HZ: 1 to 750
720P25HZ: 1 to 750
<line> Integer 720P24HZ: 1 to 750 1
1080P60HZ: 1 to 1125
1080P50HZ: 1 to 1125
1080P30HZ: 1 to 1125
1080P25HZ: 1 to 1125
1080P24HZ: 1 to 1125
1080I30HZ: 1 to 1125
1080I25HZ: 1 to 1125
1080I24HZ: 1 to 1125

Return Format
The query returns the line number of video trigger when the sync type is Line in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-353

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity

Syntax
:TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity <polarity>
:TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity?

Description
Set or query the video polarity of video trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<polarity> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative} NEGative

Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of video trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

2-354 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Syntax
:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard <standard>
:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard?

Description
Set or query the video standard of video trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
{PALSecam|NTSC|480P|576P|720P60HZ|720P50HZ|720P30HZ|
<standard> Discrete 720P25HZ|720P24HZ|1080P60HZ|1080P50HZ|1080P30HZ| NTSC
1080P25HZ|1080P24HZ|1080I30HZ|1080I25HZ|1080I24HZ}

Return Format
The query returns the video standard selected.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-355

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:WINDows (Option)
 :TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel
 :TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel
 :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition
 :TRIGger:WINDows:TIMe
 :TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce
 :TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe

:TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel
:TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel

Syntax
:TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel <alevel>
:TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel?
:TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel <blevel>
:TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel?

Description
Set or query the upper limit of the trigger level of windows trigger. The unit is the same as the current
amplitude unit.
Set or query the lower limit of the trigger level of windows trigger. The unit is the same as the current
amplitude unit.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<alevel> Real (-4.98 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 1
<blevel> Real (-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (+4.98 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) 0
Note: For the VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For the OFFSet, refer to
the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.

Return Format
The query returns the upper limit or lower limit of the trigger level of windows trigger in scientific
notation.

2-356 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:TRIGger:WINDows:POSition

Syntax
:TRIGger:WINDows:POSition <pos>
:TRIGger: WINDows:POSition?

Description
Set or query the trigger position of windows trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {EXIT|ENTER|TIMe} ENTER

Explanation
 EXIT: trigger when the input signal exits the specified trigger level range.
 ENTER: trigger when the trigger signal enters the specified trigger level range.
 TIMe: trigger when the accumulated hold time after entering the specified trigger level range is
greater than the windows time. The range is from 16ns to 4s and the default is 1.00us.

Return Format
The query returns EXIT, ENTER, or TIM.

:TRIGger:WINDows:TIMe

Syntax
:TRIGger:WINDows:TIMe <NR3>
:TRIGger: WINDows:TIMe?

Description
Set or query the windows time of windows trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<NR3> Real 16ns to 4s 1us

Explanation
This command is only available when the trigger position of windows trigger (refer to
the :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition command) is set to TIMe.

Return Format
The query returns the windows time in scientific notation.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-357

RIGOL 2 Command System

:TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce

Syntax
:TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce <source>
:TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the trigger source of windows trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2} CHANnel1

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1 or CHAN2.

:TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe

Syntax
:TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe <type>
:TRIGger: WINDows:SLOPe?

Description
Set or query the windows type of windows trigger.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<type> Discrete {POSitive|NEGative|RFALl} POSitive

Explanation
 POSitive: trigger on the rising edge of the input signal when the voltage level is greater than the
preset high trigger level.
 NEGative: trigger on the falling edge of the input signal when the voltage level is lower than the
preset low trigger level.
 RFALl: trigger on any edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset trigger level.

Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or RFAL.

2-358 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform Commands

The :WAVeform commands are used to read the waveform data and its related settings.
The :WAVeform:MODE command is used to set the reading mode of the waveform data. In different
mode, the definition of each parameter is different, as shown in Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2.

XORigion
XINCrement=TimeScale/100

YORigion

XREFerence
YREFerence

YINCrement=Verticalscale/25

Figure 2-1 Parameter Definitions in NORMAL Mode

XORigion
XINCrement=1/SampleRate

YORigion

YREFerence XREFerence

YINCrement=Vscale/25

Figure 2-2 Paramter Definitions in RAW Mode

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-359

RIGOL 2 Command System

 :WAVeform:SOURce
 :WAVeform:MODE
 :WAVeform:FORMat
 :WAVeform:POINts
 :WAVeform:DATA?
 :WAVeform:XINCrement?
 :WAVeform:XORigin?
 :WAVeform:XREFerence?
 :WAVeform:YINCrement?
 :WAVeform:YORigin?
 :WAVeform:YREFerence?
 :WAVeform:STARt
 :WAVeform:STOP
 :WAVeform:BEGin
 :WAVeform:END
 :WAVeform:RESet
 :WAVeform:PREamble?
 :WAVeform:STATus?

2-360 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform:SOURce

Syntax
:WAVeform:SOURce <source>
:WAVeform:SOURce?

Description
Set or query the channel source of waveform data reading.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<source> Discrete {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|MATH|FFT|LA} CHANnel1

Explanation
 The following two methods can be used to set FFT as the channel source for waveform data reading.
 Set <source> to FFT.
 Set the operation source of MATH to FFT and then set <source> to MATH.
 When LA is set as the channel source of waveform data reading, the query
command :WAVeform:DATA? always returns waveform data in WORD format. The statuses of one
group of digital signals are represented by two bytes. Of which, for the first byte, its highest bit to the
lowest bit respectively corresponds to the status of the digital channel from D7 to D0; for the second
byte, its highest bit to the lowest bit respectively corresponds to the status of the digital channel
from D15 to D8.

Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, MATH, FFT, or LA.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-361

RIGOL 2 Command System

:WAVeform:MODE

Syntax
:WAVeform:MODE <mode>
:WAVeform:MODE?

Description
Set or query the waveform data reading mode.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<mode> Discrete {NORMal|RAW|MAXimum} NORMal

Explanation
 NORMal: read the waveform data currently displayed on the screen.
 RAW: read the waveform data in the internal memory.
Note: The waveform data in the internal memory can only be read when the oscilloscope is in the
stop state and please do not operate the oscilloscope during the reading process.
 MAXimum: in the run state, read the waveform data displayed on the screen; in the stop state, read
the waveform data in the internal memory.
 When the channel source of waveform data reading (refer to the :WAVeform:SOURce command) is
set to MATH or FFT, only the waveform data displayed on the screen can be read.

Return Format
The query returns NORM, RAW, or MAX.

2-362 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform:FORMat

Syntax
:WAVeform:FORMat <format>
:WAVeform:FORMat?

Description
Set or query the return format of the waveform data.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
<format> Discrete {WORD|BYTE|ASCii} BYTE

Explanation
 WORD: each waveform point occupies two bytes (namely 16 bits). The lower 8 bits are valid and the
higher 8 bits are 0.
 BYTE: each waveform point occupies one byte (namely 8 bits).
 ASCii: return the voltage value of each waveform point in character value format. The voltage values
are separated by commas.

Return Format
The query returns WORD, BYTE, or ASC.

:WAVeform:POINts

Syntax
:WAVeform:POINts <point>
:WAVeform:POINts?

Description
Set or query the number of waveform points to be read.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
NORMal: 1 to 1400
MAXimum: 1 to the number of effective points currently on the
<point> Integer 1400
screen
RAW: 1 to the current maximum memory depth

Explanation
The number of waveform points is limited by the current reading mode of waveform (refer to
the :WAVeform:MODE command).

Return Format
The query returns the number of waveform points to be read in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-363

RIGOL 2 Command System

:WAVeform:DATA?

Syntax
:WAVeform:DATA?

Description
Read the waveform data.

Explanation
This command is affected by
the :WAVeform:FORMat, :WAVeform:MODE, :WAVeform:POINts, :WAVeform:SOURce and related
commands.

Procedures of the screen waveform data reading:

S1. :WAV:SOUR CHAN1 Set the channel source of waveform data reading to CH1
S2. :WAV:MODE NORM Set the waveform data reading mode to NORMal
S3. :WAV:FORM BYTE Set the return format of waveform data to BYTE
S4. :WAV:DATA? Obtain data from the buffer

Procedures of the internal memory waveform data reading:

MSO2000A/DS2000A provides the following two modes in reading the internal memory waveform data.
 Continous Reading: You only need to specify the start point and stop point once in waveform data
reading, then the waveform data will be read continously until the data reading is complete. In the
reading process, you need to reset, start, and stop the waveform reading, as well as query the
waveform reading status. The waveform data returned each time might be the data in one area of
the internal memory. Waveform data in two adjacent data blocks are consecutive, and you need to
combine in sequence the waveform data that are read separately.
 Block Reading: The waveform data in the internal memory is read in blocks. The number of
waveform points that can be read each time shall not be greater than the maximum number of
waveform points that can be read for a single time (refer to Table 2-1). In the reading process, you
need to specify the start point and stop point for each waveform data reading process, but you don’t
need to reset, start, or stop the waveform reading, as well as query the waveform reading status.
Waveform data in two adjacent data blocks are consecutive, and you need to combine in sequence
the waveform data that are read separately.

Mode 1: Continuous Reading

S1. :STOP Set the instrument to the STOP state (You can only read the
waveform data in the internal memory when the
oscilloscope is in the STOP state.)
S2. :WAV:SOUR CHAN1 Set the channel source of waveform data reading to CH1
S3. :WAV:MODE RAW Set the waveform data reading mode to RAW
Note: When the channel source of waveform data reading
is MATH or FFT, this mode is not available, and only the

2-364 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

waveform data displayed on the screen can be read.

S4. :WAV:FORM BYTE Set the return format of the waveform data to BYTE
S5. :WAV:STAR 1 Set the start point of waveform data reading to the first
waveform point
S6. :WAV:STOP 7000000 Set the stop point of waveform data reading to the
7000000th waveform point
S7. :WAV:RES Reset the waveform reading
S8. :WAV:BEG Start the waveform reading
S9. :WAV:STAT? Obtain the status of waveform data reading
If it returns IDLE,n, it indicates that waveform reading thread finishes, please execute S10;
If it returns READ,n, it indicates that waveform reading thread is running, please execute S11.
S10. :WAV:DATA? Obtain data from the buffer
:WAV:END Stop waveform reading
The waveform reading is completed. Please combine in sequence the waveform data that are read
separately.
S11. :WAV:DATA? Obtain data from the buffer
Repeat S9

Mode 2: Block Reading

Based on the number of waveform points in the internal memory to be read and the maximum number of
waveform points that can be read for a single time (the maximum value is related to the currently
selected return format of waveform data, as shown in the table below), you can determine how many
blocks are required for data reading. Then, you can specify the start and stop points of the each
waveform reading.

Table 2-1 Maximum Number of Waveform Points that Can Be Read for a Single Time
Return Format of Maximum Number of Waveform Points that Can Be Read for a
Waveform Data Single Time
BYTE 250000
WORD 125000
ASCii 15625

Assume that data of the waveform points from the 1st to the 280000th in the internal memory are to be
read, and if the return format of waveform data is WORD (data of a maximum of 125000 waveform points
can be read for a single time), you need to read the preceding waveform data in the internal memory in at
least 3 batches (280000/125000 = 2.24). The figure below shows an example of the start point and stop
point settings when reading the above waveform data in the internal memory in 3 batches.

1 to 125000 125001 to 250000 250001 to 280000

The first batch The second batch The third batch

(125000 waveform points) (125000 waveform points) (30000 waveform points)

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-365

RIGOL 2 Command System

The corresponding reading procedures are as follows:

S1. :STOP Set the instrument to the STOP state (You can only read the waveform
data in the internal memory when the oscilloscope is in STOP state.)
S2. :WAV:SOUR CHAN1 Set the channel source of waveform data reading to CH1
S3. :WAV:MODE RAW Set the waveform data reading mode to RAW
Note: When the channel source of waveform data reading is MATH or
FFT, this mode is not available, and only the waveform data displayed on
the screen can be read.
S4. :WAV:FORM WORD Set the return format of the waveform data to WORD
Perform the first reading operation
S5. :WAV:STAR 1 Set the start point of the first reading operation to the first waveform
point
S6. :WAV:STOP 125000 Set the stop point of the first reading operation to the 125000th
waveform point
S7. :WAV:DATA? Read the data in the internal memory from the first waveform point to
the 125000th waveform point
Perform the second reading operation
S8. :WAV:STAR 125001 Set the start point of the second reading operation to the 125001th
waveform point
S9. :WAV:STOP 250000 Set the stop point of the second reading operation to the 250000th
waveform point
S10. :WAV:DATA? Read the data in the internal memory from the 125001th waveform point
to the 250000th waveform point
Perform the third reading operation
S11. :WAV:STAR 250001 Set the start point of the third reading operation to the 250001th
waveform point
S12. :WAV:STOP 280000 Set the stop point of the third reading operation to the 280000th
waveform point
S13. :WAV:DATA? Read the data in the internal memory from the 250001th waveform point
to the 280000th waveform point
Finally, combine the data read in the three reading operations in sequence.

Return Format
 The return format is related to the return format of the waveform data currently selected (refer to
the :WAVeform:FORMat command).
WORD or BYTE format: The data returned consists of 2 parts: TMC data description header and
waveform data. The format of the TMC data description header is #NXXXXXXXXX; wherein, # is the
identifier, N is 9, and the XXXXXXXXX (9-figure) following it denotes the number of bytes of the
waveform data. The TMC data description header is followed by the waveform data.
ASCii format: The query returns the actual voltage value of each waveform point in scientific notation;
the voltage values are separated by commas.
Note: When LA is set as the channel source of waveform data reading, the query always returns
waveform data in WORD format. The statuses of one group of digital signals are represented by two
bytes. Of which, for the first byte, its highest bit to the lowest bit respectively corresponds to the

2-366 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

state of the digital channel from D7 to D0; for the second byte, its highest bit to the lowest bit
respectively corresponds to the state of the digital channel from D15 to D8.
 When the waveform data in the internal memory are read, the waveform data returned each time
might be the data in one area of the internal memory. Waveform data in two adjacent data blocks
are consecutive. In WORD or BYTE return format, each returned data in a block contains the TMC
data description header (#NXXXXXXXXX).
 You can follow the methods below to convert the waveform data read in WORD or BYTE return
format to the voltage value of each point of the waveform.
The figure below shows the waveform data read (in BYTE format). First, select "View as hexadecimal
only" from the dropdown list at the right of Buffer. Then, the waveform data read is displayed in
hexadecimal format. The first 11 bytes denote the "TMC data description header", and the waveform
data are represented beginning from the 12th byte (63). You can convert the waveform data read to
the voltage value of each point of the waveform by using the formula "(0x63 - YREFerence - YORigin)
x YINCrement". For the YREFerence, refer to the :WAVeform:YREFerence? command; for the
YORigin, refer to the :WAVeform:YORigin? command; and for the YINCrement, refer to
the :WAVeform:YINCrement? command.

TMC data description header

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-367

RIGOL 2 Command System

:WAVeform:XINCrement?

Syntax
:WAVeform:XINCrement?

Description
Query the time difference between two neighboring points of the channel source currently selected (refer
to the :WAVeform:SOURce command) in the X direction.

Explanation
 The return value is related to the current data reading mode:
In NORMal mode, XINCrement = TimeScale/100.
In RAW mode, XINCrement = 1/SampleRate.
In MAXimum mode, XINCrement = TimeScale/100 when the instrument is in running status;
XINCrement = 1/SampleRate when the instrument is in stop status.
 The unit is related to the current channel source:
When the channel source is CHANnel1, CHANnel2 or any of D0 to D15, the unit is s.
When the channel source is MATH with FFT operation or the channel source is FFT, the unit is Hz.

Return Format
The query returns the time difference between two neighboring points of the channel source currently
selected in the X direction in scientific notation.

2-368 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform:XORigin?

Syntax
:WAVeform:XORigin?

Description
Query the start time of the waveform data of the channel source currently selected (refer to
the :WAVeform:SOURce command) in the X direction.

Explanation
 The return value is related to the current data reading mode:
In NORMal mode, the query returns the start time of the waveform data displayed on the screen.
In RAW mode, the query returns the start time of the waveform data in the internal memory.
In MAXimum mode, the query returns the start time of the waveform data displayed on the screen
when the instrument is in running status; the query returns the start time of the waveform data in
the internal memory when the instrument is in stop status.
 The unit is related to the current channel source:
When the channel source is CHANnel1, CHANnel2 or any of D0 to D15, the unit is s.
When the channel source is MATH with FFT operation or the channel source is FFT, the unit is Hz.

Return Format
The query returns the start time of the waveform data of the channel source currently selected in the X
direction in scientific notation.

:WAVeform:XREFerence?

Syntax
:WAVeform:XREFerence?

Description
Query the reference time base of the channel source currently selected (refer to the :WAVeform:SOURce
command) in the X direction.

Return Format
The query returns 0 (namely the first waveform point on the screen or in the internal memory).

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-369

RIGOL 2 Command System

:WAVeform:YINCrement?

Syntax
:WAVeform:YINCrement?

Description
Query the voltage value per unit of the channel source currently selected (refer to
the :WAVeform:SOURce command) in the Y direction. The unit is the same with the unit of the signal
source.

Explanation
YINCrement=VerticalScale/25

Return Format
The query returns the voltage value per unit of the channel source currently selected in the Y direction in
scientific notation.

:WAVeform:YORigin?

Syntax
:WAVeform:YORigin?

Description
Query the vertical offset relative to the vertical reference position (refer to the :WAVeform:YREFerence?
command) of the channel source currently selected (refer to the :WAVeform:SOURce command) in the Y
direction.

Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset relative to the vertical reference position of the channel source
currently selected in the Y direction in integer.

:WAVeform:YREFerence?

Syntax
:WAVeform:YREFerence?

Description
Query the vertical reference position of the channel source currently selected (refer to
the :WAVeform:SOURce command) in the Y direction.

Explanation
YREFerence is always 127 (the screen bottom is 0 and the screen top is 255).

Return Format
The query returns 127.

2-370 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform:STARt

Syntax
:WAVeform:STARt <sta>
:WAVeform:STARt?

Description
Set or query the start point of waveform data reading.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
NORMal: 1 to 1400
MAXimum: 1 to the number of effective point currently on the
<sta> Integer 1
screen
RAW: 11 to the current maximum memory depth

Explanation
 For the memory depth, refer to the :ACQuire:MDEPth command.
 The range of the start point is limited by the current mode of waveform data reading (refer to
the :WAVeform:MODE command).
 When the waveform data in the internal memory are read in "Block Reading", the range of start
point and stop point (refer to the :WAVeform:STOP command) is related to the current maximum
number of the waveform points for a single time (refer to Table 2-1).

Return Format
The query returns the start point of waveform data reading in integer.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-371

RIGOL 2 Command System

:WAVeform:STOP

Syntax
:WAVeform:STOP <stop>
:WAVeform:STOP?

Description
Set or query the stop point of waveform reading.

Parameter
Name Type Range Default
NORMal: 1 to 1400
MAXimum: 1 to the number of effective point currently on the
<stop> Integer 1400
screen
RAW: 1 to the current maximum memory depth

Explanation
 For the memory depth, refer to the :ACQuire:MDEPth command.
 The range of the stop point is limited by the current mode of waveform data reading (refer to
the :WAVeform:MODE command).
 When the waveform data in the internal memory are read in "Block Reading", the range of start
point (refer to the :WAVeform:STARt command) and stop point is related to the current maximum
number of the waveform points for a single time (refer to Table 2-1).

Return Format
The query returns the stop point of waveform data reading in integer.

:WAVeform:BEGin

Syntax
:WAVeform:BEGin

Description
Enable the waveform reading.

2-372 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform:END

Syntax
:WAVeform:END

Description
Stop the waveform reading.

:WAVeform:RESet

Syntax
:WAVeform:RESet

Description
Reset the waveform reading.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-373

RIGOL 2 Command System

:WAVeform:PREamble?

Syntax
:WAVeform:PREamble?

Description
Query and return all the waveform parameters.

Return Format
The query returns 10 waveform parameters separated by ",":
<format>,<type>,<points>,<count>,<xincrement>,<xorigin>,<xreference>,<yincrement>,<yorigin>
,<yreference>
Wherein,
<format>: 0 (BYTE), 1 (WORD) or 2 (ASC). Refer to the :WAVeform:FORMat command.
<type>: 0 (NORMal), 1 (MAXimum) or 2 (RAW). Refer to the :WAVeform:MODE command.
<points>: an integer between 1 and 56000000. Refer to the :WAVeform:POINts command.
<count>: the number of averages in average sample mode (refer to the :ACQuire:AVERages command)
and 1 in other modes.
<xincrement>: the time difference (scientific notation) between two neighboringpoints in the X direction.
Refer to the :WAVeform:XINCrement? command.
<xorigin>: the start time (scientific notation) of the waveform data in the X direction. Refer to
the :WAVeform:XORigin? command.
<xreference>: the reference time (integer) of the data point in the X direction. Refer to
the :WAVeform:XREFerence? command.
<yincrement>: the voltage value (scientific notation) per unit in the Y direction. Refer to
the :WAVeform:YINCrement? command.
<yorigin>: the vertical offset (integer) relative to the "Vertical Reference Position" in the Y direction.
Refer to the :WAVeform:YORigin? command.
<yreference>: the vertical reference position (integer) in the Y direction. Refer to
the :WAVeform:YREFerence? command.

Example
:WAVeform:PREamble?
/*The query returns 0,0,1400,1,1.000000e-08,-7.000000e-06,0,4.000000e-02,0,127*/

2-374 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

2 Command System RIGOL

:WAVeform:STATus?

Syntax
:WAVeform:STATus?

Description
Query and return the current waveform reading state.

Return Format
The quey returns IDLE,n or READ,n.
Wherein;
IDLE: the waveform reading thread finishes.
READ: the waveform reading thread is running.
n: the current number of waveform points to be read.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 2-375

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

3 Programming Demos
This chapter lists the programming demos to illustrate how to program and control the oscilloscope in the
development environments of Excel, LabVIEW, MATLAB, Visual Basic 6.0, and Visual C++ 6.0 using SCPI
commands on the basis of NI-VISA.

NI-VISA (National Instrument-Virtual Instrument Software Architecture) is an advanced application

programming interface developed by NI (National Instrument) and is used for communication with
various instrument buses. It communicates with instruments in the same method regardless of the type of
the instrument interface (GPIB, USB, LAN/Ethernet or RS232).

NI-VISA calls the instruments that communicate with it via various interfaces as "resources". The VISA
descriptor (namely the resource name) is used to describe the accurate name and location of the VISA
resource. For example, when the LAN interface is used to communicate with the instrument, the VISA
descriptor is TCPIP::172.16.3.4::INSTR.

Before programming, acquire the correct VISA descriptor.

The topics of this chapter:

 Programming Preparations
 Excel Programming Demo
 LabVIEW Programming Demo
 MATLAB Programming Demo
 Visual Basic 6.0 Programming Demo
 Visual C++ 6.0 Programming Demo

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-1

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

Programming Preparations

Before programming, make the following preparations.

1. Install the Ultra Sigma common PC software. You can download it from RIGOL official website
(www.rigol.com). Then, follow the instructions to install the software. When Ultra Sigma is installed,
NI-VISA library is installed automatically. In this manual, the default installation directory is
C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA.

2. In this manual, the USB Device interface of the oscilloscope is used to communicate with the PC.
Please connect the USB Device interface on the rear panel of the oscilloscope with the PC using a
USB cable. You can also use the LAN or GPIB (with the USB-GPIB interface converter provided by
RIGOL) interface to communicate with the PC.

3. After the oscilloscope is correctly connected to the PC, power on and start the oscilloscope.

4. At this point, the "Found New Hardware Wizard" dialog box appears on the PC. Please install "USB
Test and Measurement Device (IVI)" according to the instructions (for the installation method, refer
to MSO2000A/DS2000A User Guide).

5. Acquire the USB VISA descriptor of the oscilloscope. Start Ultra Sigma and the instrument resource
found is displayed under the "RIGOL Online Resource" directory in the Ultra Sigma interface together
with the instrument model and USB information. In this demo, the USB VISA descriptor of the
oscilloscope used is USB0::0x1AB1::0x04B0::DS2A0000000000::INSTR.

By now, the programming preparations are finished. In the following part, detailed introductions are given
about the programming demos in the Excel, LabVIEW, MATLAB, Visual Basic 6.0, and Visual C++ 6.0
development environments.

3-2 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

Excel Programming Demo

The program used in this demo: Microsoft Excel 2010

The function realized in this demo: send the *IDN? Command to read the device information.

1. Create a new Excel file. In this demo, the file is named as IDN.xls.

2. Run the IDN.xls file. Click FileOptions at the upper-left corner of the Excel file to open the
interface as shown in the figure below. Click Customize Ribbon at the right, check Developer and
click OK. At this point, the Excel menu bar displays the Developer menu.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-3

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

3. Enter the VISA descriptor into a cell of the file as shown in the figure below. Click the Developer
menu and select the Visual Basic option to open the Microsoft Visual Basic.

4. Click Tools(T) in the Microsoft Visual Basic menu bar and select References. Select VISA Library
in the pop-up dialog box and click OK to refer to the VISA Library.

3-4 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

Explanation:

If you cannot find the VISA Library in the list at the left of the figure above, please follow the
method below to find it.
(1) Make sure that your PC has installed the NI-VISA library.
(2) Click Browse… at the right and set the search range to C:\WINDOWS\system32 and the
filename to visa32.dll, as shown in the figure below.

5. Click View Code in the Developer menu to enter the Microsoft Visual Basic interface. Add the
following codes and save the file.

Note: At this point, the prompt message "The following features cannot be saved in macro-free
workbooks" will be displayed. In this situation, please save the Excel file as a file using the Macros
(the filename suffix changes to .xlsm).

Sub QueryIdn()

Dim viDefRm As Long

Dim viDevice As Long
Dim viErr As Long
Dim cmdStr As String
Dim idnStr As String * 128
Dim ret As Long

‘Turn on the device, the device resource descriptor is in CELLS(1,2) of SHEET1’

viErr = visa.viOpenDefaultRM(viDefRm)
viErr = visa.viOpen(viDefRm, Sheet1.Cells(1, 2), 0, 5000, viDevice)

‘Send request, read the data, the return value is in CELLS(2,2) of SHEET1’
cmdStr = "*IDN?"

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-5

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

viErr = visa.viWrite(viDevice, cmdStr, Len(cmdStr), ret)

viErr = visa.viRead(viDevice, idnStr, 128, ret)
Sheet1.Cells(2, 2) = idnStr

‘Turn off the device’

visa.viClose (viDevice)
visa.viClose (viDefRm)

End Sub

6. Add button control: click Insert in the Developer menu, select the desired button in Form
Controls and put it into the cell of the Excel. At this point, the Assign Macro interface is displayed,
select "Sheet1.QueryIdn" and click "OK".

7. By default, the button mane is "Button 1". Right-click the button and select Edit Text in the pop-up
menu to change the button name to "*IDN?". Click the "*IDN?" button to run the program, the
return result is displayed in Sheet1.Cells(2, 2) (Cell B2 in Sheet1).

3-6 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

LabVIEW Programming Demo

The program used in this demo: LabVIEW 2009

The functions realized in this demo: read the waveform data of CH1 on the screen.

1. Run LabVIEW 2009, create a VI file and name it as MSO2000A_Demo_LABVIEW.

2. Add the VISA resource name and Waveform Graph controls, as shown in the figures below.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-7

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

3. Open the Block Diagram interface. Right-click on the VISA resource name and you can select
and add the following functions from VISA Palette from the pop-up menu: VISA Write, VISA
Read, VISA Open, and VISA Close.

4. Connect the VISA resource name with the VISA Open. Then, connect the VISA resource name
outputs of all the functions with the VISA resource name and connect the error output with the
error input as shown in the figure below.

5. Add text boxes in the write buffer areas of the VISA Write control and input ":WAV:SOUR CHAN1",
":WAV:FORM BYTE" and ":WAV:DATA?" respectively. The first sets the channel source of waveform
data reading to CH1, the second sets the waveform reading format to BYTE and the last reads the
screen waveform data. Waveform data is read through the VISA Read function which requires users
to input the total number of bytes to be read. In this example, the total number of bytes of waveform
data to be read is less than 2048. Close the VISA resource after the VISA operation is finished.

3-8 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

6. The data format is TMC header + waveform data points + terminator. The TMC header is in #NX…X
format; wherein, # is the TMC header denoter, N represents that the N bytes following (X…X) are
used to describe the length of the waveform data and the terminator represents the ending of the
communication. For example, for : #9000001400XXXX, 9 bytes are used to describe the length of the
data, 000001400 represents the length of the waveform data (namely 1400 bytes). Use the String
Subset and Decimal String To Number functions to get the value of N.

Get the length of the effective waveform data.

7. Convert the character data into array format using the String To Byte Array, namely display the
waveform data on the Waveform Graph control and then remove the TMC data header using the
Array Subset function.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-9

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

8. The complete program block diagram is as shown in the figure below.

9. Select the device resource from the VISA Resource Name list box and run the program.

3-10 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

MATLAB Programming Demo

The program used in this demo: MATLAB R2009a

The function realized in this demo: make FFT operation on the waveform data and draw the
waveform.

1. Run the MATLAB software and modify the current directory (namely modify the Current Directory
at the top of the software). In this demo, the current directory is modified to
D:\MSO2000A_Demo\MATLAB.

2. Click File  New  Blank M-File in the MATLAB interface to create an empty M file. Add the
following codes in the M file:

% Create VISA object . 'ni' is the saler Parameter and can be agilent, NI or tek.
'USB0::0x1AB1::0x04B0::DS2A0000000000::INSTR' is the device resource descriptor. You need to
set the device property. In this demo, set the length of the input buffer to 2048
MSO2000A = visa( 'ni','USB0::0x1AB1::0x04B0::DS2A0000000000::INSTR' );
MSO2000A.InputBufferSize = 2048;

% Open the VISA object created

fopen(MSO2000A);

% Read waveform
fprintf(MSO2000A, ':wav:data?' );

% Request data
[data,len]= fread(MSO2000A,2048);

% Turn off the device

fclose(MSO2000A);
delete(MSO2000A);
clear MSO2000A;

% Data processing. The waveform data read contains the TMC header. The length of the header is 11
bytes; wherein, the first 2 bytes are the TMC header denoter (#) and the width descriptor (9)
respectively, the 9 bytes following are the length of the data which is followed by the waveform data
and the last byte is the terminator (0x0A). Therefore, the effective waveform points read is from the
12nd to the next to last.
wave = data(12:len-1);
wave = wave';

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-11

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

subplot(211);
plot(wave);
fftSpec = fft(wave',2048);
fftRms = abs( fftSpec');
fftLg = 20*log(fftRms);
subplot(212);
plot(fftLg);

3. Save the M file under the current directory. In this demo, the M file is named as
MSO2000A_Demo_MATLAB.m. Run the M file and the running result is as follows.

3-12 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

Visual Basic 6.0 Programming Demo

The program used in this demo: Visual Basic 6.0

The function realized in this demo: control the on/off state of any channel.

1. Build a standard application program project (Standard EXE) and name it as MSO2000A_Demo_VB.

2. Click the Existing tab of ProjectAdd Module. Search for the visa32.bas file in the include
folder under the NI-VISA installation path and add the file.

3. Add two buttons to represent CH1 and CH2 respectively. Add two Labels (Label1(0) and Label1(1)) to
represent the status of CH1 and CH2 respectively (when the channel is enabled, it dispays the color
of the channel; when the channel is disabled, it displays gray), as shown in the figure below.

4. Open the General tab in ProjectProject1 Properties and select Form1 in the Startup Object
dropdown box.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-13

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

5. Double-click CH1 to enter the programming environment. Add the following codes to control CH1
and CH2. The codes of CH1 are as shown below; the codes of CH2 are similar.
Dim defrm As Long
Dim vi As Long
Dim strRes As String * 200
Dim list As Long
Dim nmatches As Long
Dim matches As String * 200
Dim s32Disp As Integer

' acquire the usb source of visa

Call viOpenDefaultRM(defrm)
Call viFindRsrc(defrm, "USB?*", list, nmatches, matches)

' Open the device

Call viOpen(defrm, matches, 0, 0, vi)

' Send the command to query the status of CH1

Call viVPrintf(vi, ":CHAN1:DISP?" + Chr$(10), 0)

' Acquire the status of CH1

Call viVScanf(vi, "%t", strRes)
s32Disp = CInt(strRes)
If (s32Disp = 1) Then

' Send the setting command

Call viVPrintf(vi, ":CHAN1:DISP 0" + Chr$(10), 0)
Label1(0).ForeColor = &H808080 'Gray
Else
Call viVPrintf(vi, ":CHAN1:DISP 1" + Chr$(10), 0)
Label1(0).ForeColor = &HFFFF& 'Yellow
End If

' Close the device

Call viClose(vi)
Call viClose(defrm)

6. Save and run the project. Then, a single exe program will be obtained. When the oscilloscope is
correctly connected to the PC, the ON/OFF control of any channel can be realized.

3-14 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

Visual C++ 6.0 Programming Demo

The program used in this demo: Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0

The functions realized in this demo: search for the instrument address, connect the instrument, send
command and read the return value.

1. Run Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 and create a MFC project based on dialog box. In this demo, the
project is named as MSO2000A_Demo_VC.

2. Open the C/C++ tab in ProjectSettings, select Code Generation in Category and Debug
Multithreaded DLL in Use run-time library. Then, click OK to close the dialog box.

3. Open the Link tab in ProjectSettings and add visa32.lib to the Object/library modules
manually.

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-15

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

4. Open the Directories tab in ToolsOptions.

Select Include files in Show directories for and double-click the blank in Directories to add the
path of Include: C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA\WinNT\include.
Select Library files in Show directories for and double-click the blank in Directories to add the
path of Lib: C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA\WinNT\lib\msc.

At present, VISA library has been added.

5. Add the Text, Combo Box, Button, and Edit Box controls as shown in the figure below.

6. Modify the control attribute.

1) Name Text as "Command".
2) Open the Data item in Combo Box attribute and input the following three commands
manually.
*IDN?
:CHAN1:DISP 1
:CHAN1:DISP 0

3-16 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide

3 Programming Demos RIGOL

3) Open the General item in Edit Box attribute and select Disabled.
4) Name Button as Send and Read.

7. Add the variables m_combox and m_receive for the Combo Box and Edit controls respectively.

8. Add codes.
Double-click Send and Read to enter the programming environment. Declare the #include
<visa.h> of the visa library in the header file and then add the following codes.
ViSession defaultRM, vi;
char buf [256] = {0};
CString s,strTemp;
char* stringTemp;
ViChar buffer [VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
ViRsrc matches=buffer;
ViUInt32 nmatches;

MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide 3-17

RIGOL 3 Programming Demos

ViFindList list;
viOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
// Acquire the USB resource of visa
viFindRsrc(defaultRM, "USB?*", &list,&nmatches, matches);
viOpen (defaultRM,matches,VI_NULL,VI_NULL,&vi);
viPrintf (vi, "*RST\n");
// Send the command received
m_combox.GetLBText(m_combox.GetCurSel(),strTemp);
strTemp = strTemp + "\n";
stringTemp = (char *)(LPCTSTR)strTemp;
viPrintf (vi,stringTemp);
// Read the result
viScanf (vi, "%t\n", &buf);
// Display the result
UpdateData (TRUE);
m_receive = buf;
UpdateData (FALSE);
viClose (vi);
viClose (defaultRM);

9. Save, compile, and run the project. Then, a single exe file can be obtained. When the oscilloscope is
correctly connected to the PC, you can select the command *IDN? and click Send and Read to
display the return result of the oscilloscope.

3-18 MSO2000A/DS2000A Programming Guide